CA Mainframe Application Tuner Performance

CA Mainframe Application
Tuner
Performance Management Assistant User
Guide
Version 9.0.00
Thi s Documentation, which i ncludes embedded help systems a nd electronically distributed materials (hereinafter referred to as
the “Documentation”), is for your informational purposes only a nd is s ubject to ch ange or withdrawal by CA a t a ny ti me.
Thi s Documentation ma y not be copied, transferred, reproduced, disclosed, modified or duplicated, in whole or i n part, without
the pri or written consent of CA. Thi s Documentation is confidential and proprietary i nforma tion of CA a nd may not be disclosed
by you or us ed for a ny purpose other than as may be permitted in (i) a separate a greement between you and CA governing
your us e of the CA s oftware to which the Documentation relates; or (i i) a separate confidentiality a greement between you and
CA.
Notwi thstanding the foregoing, i f you a re a licensed user of the s oftware product(s) a ddressed i n the Documentation, you may
pri nt or otherwise make available a reasonable number of copies of the Documentation for i nternal use by you a nd your
empl oyees i n connection with that s oftware, provided that all CA copyri ght notices and legends a re a ffixed to each reproduced
copy.
The ri ght to print or otherwise make a vailable copies of the Documentation is limited to the period during which the applicable
l i cense for s uch software remains i n full force a nd effect. Should the license terminate for a ny reason, i t is your responsibility to
certi fy i n writing to CA tha t all copies and partial copies of the Documentation have been returned to CA or destroyed.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, CA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENTATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT WILL CA BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE,
DIRECT OR INDIRECT, FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST
INVESTMENT, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, GOODWILL, OR LOST DATA, EVEN IF CA IS EXPRESSLY ADVISED IN ADVANCE OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE.
The us e of any s oftware product referenced i n the Documentation is governed by the a pplicable license a greement a nd s uch
l i cense agreement is not modified in a ny wa y by the terms of this notice.
The ma nufacturer of this Documentation is CA.
Provi ded wi th “Restricted Rights.” Use, duplication or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to the restricti ons
s et forth in FAR Sections 12.212, 52.227-14, a nd 52.227-19(c)(1) - (2) a nd DFARS Section 252.227-7014(b)(3), as applicable, or
thei r s uccessors.
Copyri ght © 2012 CA. Al l ri ghts reserved. All tra demarks, trade names, servi ce marks, a nd l ogos referenced herein belong to
thei r respective companies.
CA Technologies Product References
CA Mainframe Application Tuner (CA MAT)
Performance Management Assistant (PMA)
Contact CA Technologies
Contact CA Support
For your convenience, CA Technologies provides one site where you can access the
information that you need for your Home Office, Small Business, and Enterprise CA
Technologies products. At http://ca.com/support, you can access the following
resources:
■
Online and telephone contact information for technical assistance and customer
services
■
Information about user communities and forums
■
Product and documentation downloads
■
CA Support policies and guidelines
■
Other helpful resources appropriate for your product
Providing Feedback About Product Documentation
If you have comments or questions about CA Technologies product documentation, you
can send a message to techpubs@ca.com.
To provide feedback about CA Technologies product documentation, complete our
short customer survey which is available on the CA Support website at
http://ca.com/docs.
Contents
Chapter 1: About This Book
11
Conventions .................................................................................................................................................................................. 11
Advantages .................................................................................................................................................................................... 12
Chapter 2: Getting Started
15
Menus and Panels ........................................................................................................................................................................ 16
Primary Commands...................................................................................................................................................................... 16
Line Commands ............................................................................................................................................................................ 17
Generic Notation.......................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Sort List Panels.............................................................................................................................................................................. 18
Define System Image ................................................................................................................................................................... 18
Start the Online Dialog................................................................................................................................................................ 19
Chapter 3: Using the Info Board
21
Access the Info Board .................................................................................................................................................................. 22
Product Information .................................................................................................................................................................... 23
System Requirements.................................................................................................................................................................. 23
Enqueue Considerations ............................................................................................................................................................. 24
What is New .................................................................................................................................................................................. 24
User Documentation Overview ................................................................................................................................................. 25
Support Contact Information ..................................................................................................................................................... 25
Copyrights and Legal Disclaimer................................................................................................................................................ 26
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component
27
Functional Overview .................................................................................................................................................................... 28
Central Component Menu .......................................................................................................................................................... 30
Global Print JCL ............................................................................................................................................................................. 31
Global Print JCL Panel .......................................................................................................................................................... 32
Measurement Lists....................................................................................................................................................................... 32
Panel Elements ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33
Measurement Overview ..................................................................................................................................................... 36
Display Measurements........................................................................................................................................................ 38
DB2 Plan/DBRM Overview.................................................................................................................................................. 41
Alert Management ....................................................................................................................................................................... 42
TOP Scope Facility ................................................................................................................................................................ 44
Contents 5
List All Alerts.......................................................................................................................................................................... 45
Alert Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................... 51
Show or Review Alerts......................................................................................................................................................... 53
Total Alert Text ..................................................................................................................................................................... 54
Insert an Alert ....................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Job Query Facility ......................................................................................................................................................................... 56
Job Query Facility Panel ...................................................................................................................................................... 57
Display Job Query Results................................................................................................................................................... 66
Generate a Bulk Alert .......................................................................................................................................................... 68
Job Overview......................................................................................................................................................................... 75
Job Overview - Additional Execution Information ......................................................................................................... 82
Data Mining................................................................................................................................................................................... 88
Define the Data Mining Scope ........................................................................................................................................... 89
Data Mining Menu ............................................................................................................................................................... 92
Data Mining Application Programs ................................................................................................................................... 93
Data Mining System Programs........................................................................................................................................... 94
Data Mining Subsystems..................................................................................................................................................... 96
Data Mining DB2 Plans ........................................................................................................................................................ 97
Data Mining Job Steps ......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Cross Reference the Job Steps .........................................................................................................................................100
Cross Reference the Subsystem ......................................................................................................................................101
Display the Significant Statements ..................................................................................................................................102
Overtake Functions ....................................................................................................................................................................103
Overtake Process Flow ......................................................................................................................................................105
Export Central Component Data .............................................................................................................................................109
Export Job Information - Job APCBJEXP .........................................................................................................................110
Export Alerts - Job APCXJEXP ...........................................................................................................................................112
Export Data Mining - Job APCBJDAX ...............................................................................................................................115
Measure the Jobs of Cri tical Paths - Job APCBJCRI ..............................................................................................................117
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker
121
Functional Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................121
Technical Overview ....................................................................................................................................................................122
Server ...................................................................................................................................................................................122
TSO Online ...........................................................................................................................................................................123
Reports .................................................................................................................................................................................123
Benefits ................................................................................................................................................................................123
Checkpoint Checker ...................................................................................................................................................................124
Checkpoint Query Facility Panel ......................................................................................................................................124
Display Checkpoint Query Results...................................................................................................................................126
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information ...................................................................................................................128
6 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Generate an Output List....................................................................................................................................................129
Generate an Export File ....................................................................................................................................................129
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature
131
CICS Feature Menu ....................................................................................................................................................................133
Global Print JCL ...........................................................................................................................................................................135
Global Print JCL Panel ........................................................................................................................................................135
Transaction Information ...........................................................................................................................................................136
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................136
Transaction History ............................................................................................................................................................139
General Module Information ...................................................................................................................................................142
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................142
Module History...................................................................................................................................................................144
Module Statements ...........................................................................................................................................................145
DBRM - SQL Information...........................................................................................................................................................146
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................146
DBRM History Information ...............................................................................................................................................148
SQL Statements Exceeding Thresholds ..........................................................................................................................150
SQL Statement Details.......................................................................................................................................................153
SQL Statement Overview (History) .................................................................................................................................155
Transactions that Use the DBRM ....................................................................................................................................157
PSB - DLI Information.................................................................................................................................................................158
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................158
PSB History Information....................................................................................................................................................160
DLI Statements....................................................................................................................................................................161
Overview of Measurement Reports .......................................................................................................................................161
#SJS - Sampler and Job Statistics .....................................................................................................................................162
System Information ...................................................................................................................................................................163
System Information Panel ................................................................................................................................................164
System Overview................................................................................................................................................................167
Alert Management .....................................................................................................................................................................167
How the TOP Limit Works.................................................................................................................................................168
Transaction Alert List Information ..................................................................................................................................169
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert .....................................................................................................................................172
Alert List Information - Changed Modules ....................................................................................................................173
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert .....................................................................................................................................176
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary .........................................................................................................................177
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................178
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary ...........................................................................................................................180
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................180
SMF Information for CICS Transactions..................................................................................................................................182
Contents 7
How the CICS SMF Feature Works ..................................................................................................................................183
Transaction SMF Information ..........................................................................................................................................184
Transaction Intervals .........................................................................................................................................................193
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP..............................................................................................................................207
Transaction Record ............................................................................................................................................................208
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature
211
IMS Feature Menu .....................................................................................................................................................................213
Global Print JCL ...........................................................................................................................................................................215
Global Print JCL Panel ........................................................................................................................................................215
Transaction Information ...........................................................................................................................................................216
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................216
Transaction History ............................................................................................................................................................219
General Module Information ...................................................................................................................................................221
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................222
Module History...................................................................................................................................................................223
Module Statements ...........................................................................................................................................................224
DBRM - SQL Information...........................................................................................................................................................225
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................225
DBRM Overview .................................................................................................................................................................227
SQL Statements Exceeding Thresholds ..........................................................................................................................229
SQL Statement Details.......................................................................................................................................................232
SQL Statement Overview (History) .................................................................................................................................234
Transactions that Use the DBRM ....................................................................................................................................236
PSB - DLI Information.................................................................................................................................................................236
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................237
PSB History Information....................................................................................................................................................238
DLI Statements....................................................................................................................................................................239
Overview of Measurement Reports .......................................................................................................................................240
#SJS - Sampler and Job Statistics .....................................................................................................................................240
System Information ...................................................................................................................................................................242
System Information Panel ................................................................................................................................................243
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................243
System Overview................................................................................................................................................................245
Alert Management .....................................................................................................................................................................245
How the TOP Limit Works.................................................................................................................................................246
Transaction Alert List Information ..................................................................................................................................247
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert .....................................................................................................................................250
Alert List Information - Changed Modules ....................................................................................................................251
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert .....................................................................................................................................255
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary .........................................................................................................................256
8 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................256
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary ...........................................................................................................................259
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................259
Execution Details for IMS Transactions ..................................................................................................................................261
How the IMS INFO Feature Works ..................................................................................................................................261
Transaction Information ...................................................................................................................................................262
Export IMS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP ..............................................................................................................................285
Transaction Record ............................................................................................................................................................286
Chapter 8: Using the Server
289
Server Component Menu .........................................................................................................................................................289
Issue Server Commands ............................................................................................................................................................290
Server Command Menu Panel .........................................................................................................................................290
Alert Refresh Command....................................................................................................................................................291
Alert Add Command ..........................................................................................................................................................291
Features Refresh Command .............................................................................................................................................293
Runaway Type Command .................................................................................................................................................293
Include/Exclude Command...............................................................................................................................................294
DM Command .....................................................................................................................................................................294
Set Dyna mic Address Space Alerts ..........................................................................................................................................303
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................303
Insert a Dynamic Address Space Alert............................................................................................................................306
List Measurements of Dynamic Address Space Alerts ........................................................................................................308
Panel Elements ...................................................................................................................................................................308
Set Selectable Features .............................................................................................................................................................311
Parameters ..................................................................................................................................................................................313
Index
315
Contents 9
Chapter 1: About This Book
This book describes how to use the features of Performance Management Assistant
(PMA) to significantly reduce the manual effort that is required to implement your
strategy for managing application performance. Performance Management Assistant is
a component of CA Mainframe Application Tuner (CA MAT).
This section contains the following topics:
Conventions (see page 11)
Advantages (see page 12)
Conventions
This book uses the following types of special text:
■
An item in CAPITAL LETTERS must be entered exactly as shown.
■
Items in italicized lowercase letters are values that you supply.
■
Notes contain important information that you should consider.
■
Warnings alert you to situations that could cause problems, such as loss of data, if
you do not follow instructions carefully.
■
Tips contain information that might improve product performance or that might
make procedures easier to follow.
Chapter 1: About This Book 11
Advantages
Advantages
To make work easier for the application performance team, Performance Management
Assistant provides the following advantages:
■
■
Central Component
–
Creates statistical measurements for every executed job step and maintains
this information in its own history database
–
Automates CA Mainframe Application Tuner (CA MAT) measurement of all job
steps exceeding statistical maximum limit
–
Automates CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement of all new and
changed programs
–
Detects critical job steps and provides Alert Management
–
Manages CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement requests -- even in
multisystem environments
–
Allows user defined Performance Management Assistant scope of work
–
Gathers only important CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement data
with history
–
Provides both update and read-only access options for parameters
–
Identifies top consuming job steps
–
Passes data to other products, for example, data dictionary
–
Pinpoints high consuming objects for performance tuning and cross references
the job steps that use them with data mining
–
Automates the control process of checkpoint writing with Checkpoint Checker
CICS and IMS features
–
Measures CICS and IMS systems automatically on a regular basis
–
Interprets measurements according to user parameters thereby extracting only
important information about CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurements
–
Aggregates information about CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurements
to information for a whole online system
–
Provides navigation and cross referencing within the online dialog that brings
the user from a problematic transaction down to the statement cause
–
Gathers historical information for transaction, modules, DB2 plans, and PSBs
for up to 18 months
–
Detects critical transactions and provides alert management
Performance Management Assistant guarantees you maximum flexibility:
■
Parameter control allows the user to change the general settings of Performance
Management Assistant.
12 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Advantages
■
Parameter control allows the user to enable or disable certain functions.
■
Through defined interfaces, Performance Management Assistant can be easily
adapted to any environment.
■
An easy to use, comprehensive set of ISPF panels allows users to control
Performance Management Assistant and manages the information that is gathered.
Chapter 1: About This Book 13
Chapter 2: Getting Started
Performance Management Assistant is a software package used to greatly support the
implementation of APM (Application Performance Management). Performance
Management Assistant significantly reduces the degree of manual effort required to
implement the APM strategy and ensures continuous processing within each phase.
Performance Management Assistant makes it possible to implement optimization
measures consistently and strategically.
Performance Management Assistant was developed and is continuously enhanced
based on the practical experiences of CA Mainframe Application Tuner experts. As a
result, the functions are specifically tailored to offer practical solutions to fulfill user
needs.
Performance Management Assistant consists of the following components :
■
Info Board
■
Central Component
■
CICS Feature
■
IMS Feature
■
Server
■
Checkpoint Checker
This user guide describes how to use the online dialogs of the Info Board, Central
Component, Checkpoint Checker, CICS Feature, and IMS Feature when integrated into a
CA Mainframe Application Tuner environment. Additionally, this book details the
end-user batch jobs that export data or measure jobs of a critical path. Detailed
information about other batch jobs and parameter customization can be found in the
Administration Guide.
This chapter provides you with the general information that you need to use the ISPF
panels. Subsequent chapters document the detailed online use of each of the features:
the Central Component, the CICS Feature, and the IMS Feature.
This section contains the following topics:
Menus and Panels (see page 16)
Primary Commands (see page 16)
Line Commands (see page 17)
Generic Notation (see page 17)
Sort List Panels (see page 18)
Define System Image (see page 18)
Start the Online Dialog (see page 19)
Chapter 2: Getting Started 15
Menus and Panels
Menus and Panels
After the batch jobs have been executed for the first time, you can review all batch
results by using the ISPF panels. To start the online dialog, simply execute REXX
procedure PMA (the name of this procedure may have been changed during
installation). The Main Menu displays as shown in the first screen in this chapter. The
online services can be called multiple times from one TSO user (by using split screen).
However, online services cannot be called more than once in one logical screen.
In rare instances, the value displayed for a field on a panel may contain all 9s separated
by a decimal point, for example, 999.999. This value means that the actual value is too
large for the display.
With the online dialog, there are two kinds of commands that can be used on the menus
and panels: primary commands and line commands.
Primary Commands
Each menu and panel allows you to use primary commands. Primary commands are
those that you enter on the COMMAND line. Use primary commands to perform
functions that affect the whole menu or panel with which you are working. The most
commonly used primary commands are as follows:
■
SORT
Sorts the sequence of the information that is listed on the panel by using the
desired column.
See "Sort List Panels" for details about how to sort.
■
SORT STD
Changes the standard sort order of the specific panel for a specific TSO user.
The sort order column is highlighted. See "Sort List Panels" for details about how to
sort
■
END (or PF3)
Saves changed data directly and either displays the next panel or returns you to the
calling panel if there are no more panels to display
16 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Line Commands
■
CANCEL or CAN
Cancels all keyed input for the specified function and returns you to the calling
panel.
For example, if you are defining specific information pertaining to a job exclusion,
when you enter CAN, your input to all panels for the specified exclusion are
canceled.
■
INSERT or I
Displays an insert panel on which the specific information pertaining to a new item
can be defined.
Line Commands
Some panels allow you to use line commands. Line commands are commands that you
enter on a particular item in a row within the body of the panel. Line commands allow
you to work with a specific item that displays on a list. All available line commands are
defined along with the panel that supports them.
On list panels, line command X can be used to bypass the normal procedures and invoke
procedure APCBRXX or APCDRXX. These REXX procedures can be customized to pass
data from the selected entry to another product or to call a user written procedure. For
more information, see the Administration Guide.
Generic Notation
Some panels allow you to use generic notation. Generic notation, also called pattern
matching, allows you to easily specify more than one name (for example, job name) by
the use of wildcards. Use the underscore (_) as a generic character (or wildcard) to
represent one character or use the asterisk (*) as generic character to represent one or
more characters at the end of the name.
For example, defining a job name exclusion for ABC* would exclude all jobs beginning
with the letters ABC. Entering a query selection for job name for A_C_E___ would select
all jobs with an A in the first position, a C in the third position, an E in the fifth position
and any character in the second, fourth, sixth, seventh, and eighth position.
Chapter 2: Getting Started 17
Sort List Panels
Sort List Panels
Most panels of the online dialog are data lists that consist of columns and rows. Each list
panel has a standard default sort order. The sort order column is always highlighted.
To change the sort order of the data listed on a panel, use one of the following
methods:
■
SORT primary command: Temporarily changes the sort order based on another
column. Use the SORT command with the column name abbreviation. For example,
SORT E would sort the rows of data based on the Elapsed time column.
On each list panel, the SORT command and its corresponding column abbreviations
are listed. The column abbreviation is usually the first one or two characters of the
column name.
■
Cursor sensitive sort: Temporarily changes the sort order based on another
column. Simply place the cursor on the data within the new sort order column and
press Enter.
■
SORT STD primary command: Permanently changes the standard sort order based
on another column. To change the standard sort order and reflect this change in
your TSO user profile, perform the following steps:
1.
Choose the new sort order column by using either of the temporary methods.
2.
Enter primary command SORT STD. The new sort order column for the panel is
reflected in your TSO user profile.
Define System Image
In the upper left corner of all panels is the system image name. The system image name
uniquely identifies in which environment Performance Management Assistant is
installed, that is, test or production. It is a customizable parameter in the startup REXX
procedure APC (parameter APCSIMG). For information about customizing this
parameter, see the Administration Guide .
18 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Start the Online Dialog
Start the Online Dialog
To start the online dialog, simply execute TSO command TSO PMA (the name of this
procedure may have changed during installation). The following Main Menu displays.
APCYP000
PMA for CA MAT
Enter an OPTION ===>
0 PMA Info Board
1 PMA Central Component
2 PMA CICS Feature
3 PMA IMS Feature
4 CA MAT
5 PMA Parameters
6 PMA Maintenance
7 PMA Server
X or END
************************************
* CA Mainframe Application Tuner *
* Performance Management Assistant *
*
Version 9.0.00
*
************************************
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
CICS and IMS are trademarks of IBM.
The following options are available on the Main Menu:
Option
Description
0
Access the Info Board. See the chapter "Using the Info Board".
1
Access the online dialog for the Central Component. See the chapter
"Using the Info Board".
2
Access the online dialog for the CICS Feature. For details about using this
online dialog, See the chapter "Using the CICS Feature".
3
Access the online dialog for the IMS Feature. For details about using this
online dialog, See the chapter "Using the IMS Feature".
4
Access CA Mainframe Application Tuner directly.
5
Define or review the general parameters for each of the three
components. See the Administration Guide for details about these
parameter definitions.
6
Review and maintain information and logs of the Central Component and
CICS and IMS Features. Additionally, you can define alert delete options
for the Central Component. For information about using this option, see
the Administration Guide.
Chapter 2: Getting Started 19
Start the Online Dialog
Option
Description
7
Access the online dialog for the Server. For details about using this online
dialog, see the chapter "Using the Server."
X
Exit the Main Menu.
20 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Chapter 3: Using the Info Board
This chapter describes the Info Board, which provides overview information about your
product.
From the Info Board you can access the following information:
■
Product Information – basic information about the installed software
■
System Requirements – an overview of basic system requirements for using
Performance Management Assistant
■
Enqueue Considerations – an overview of systems-level enqueue for considerations
■
What is New – an overview of new functions and enhancements in this release
■
User Documentation Overview – an overview of available user documentation for
Performance Management Assistant
■
Support Contact Information – basic support contact information
■
Copyrights, Legal Disclaimer – copyright and legal disclaimer information
This section contains the following topics:
Access the Info Board (see page 22)
Product Information (see page 23)
System Requirements (see page 23)
Enqueue Considerations (see page 24)
What is New (see page 24)
User Documentation Overview (see page 25)
Support Contact Information (see page 25)
Copyrights and Legal Disclaimer (see page 26)
Chapter 3: Using the Info Board 21
Access the Info Board
Access the Info Board
Follow these steps:
1.
Select option 0 on the Main Menu to access the Info Board Menu.
PMA for CA MAT
Enter an OPTION ===>
0 PMA Info Board
1 PMA Central Component
2 PMA CICS Feature
3 PMA IMS Feature
4 CA MAT
5 PMA Parameters
6 PMA Maintenance
7 PMA Server
X or END
************************************
* CA Mainframe Application Tuner *
* Performance Management Assistant *
*
Version 9.0.00
*
************************************
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
CICS and IMS are trademarks of IBM.
2.
Use the options on the Info Board Menu to select the Info Board functions. Type the
selection number in the OPTION field and press the Enter key.
APCXPIN0 ---------------------------- Info Board -----------------------------OPTION ===>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Product Information
System Requirements
Enqueue Considerations
What is New
User Documentation Overview
Support Contact Information
Copyrights, Legal Disclaimer
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
The following options are available on the Info Board Menu:
1
Product Information—basic information about the installed software
2
System Requirements—an overview of basic system requirements for using
Performance Management Assistant
3
Enqueue Considerations—an overview of systems-level enqueue for
considerations
22 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Product Information
4
What is New—an overview of new functions and enhancements in this release
5
User Documentation Overview—an overview of available user documentation
for Performance Management Assistant
6
Support Contact Information—basic support contact information
7
Copyrights, Legal Disclaimer—copyright and legal disclaimer information
Product Information
The Product Information panel shows information about the version that you are using.
COMMAND ===>
Product Information
SCROLL ===> HALF
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
CA Mainframe Application Tuner Performance Management Assistant
Version 9.0.00
******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
System Requirements
The System Requirements panel shows information about the basic requirements to use
Performance Management Assistant in your environment.
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
System Requirements:
- z/OS 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.11, 1.12
- ISPF/PDF
- REXX
- CICS/TS 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2
- CA Mainframe Application Tuner Version 9.0.00
******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
Chapter 3: Using the Info Board 23
Enqueue Considerations
Enqueue Considerations
The Enqueue Considerations panel shows information about the enqueue
considerations for proper usage of functions.
Enqueue Considerations
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
PMA Enqueue Usage:
Enqueue Level
: SYSTEMS
Major Name (QNAM): $APC0900
Minor Name (RNAM): Processed Data Set Name
When PMA is installed in a sysplex, the PMA clusters are shared across all PMA
servers and PMA batch jobs that are running in the sysplex. To prevent the
clusters from being corrupted because multiple users are updating it
concurrently, systems-level enqueues with a QNAM $APC0900 are used.
Depending on the different possibilities of the
have to make sure that the PMA QNAM $APC0900 is
enqueuing. This means that if you follow an RNL
must be included in the RNL definition list. If
QNAM $APC0900 need not be on the exclude list.
******************************** Bottom of Data
ENQUEUE tool that is used, you
defined for the usage of global
INCLUDE policy, QNAM $APC0900
you follow a RNL EXCLUDE policy,
********************************
What is New
This option enables you to see enhancements included in this version of Performance
Management Assistant at a glance, as shown in the following panel.
COMMAND ===>
What is New
SCROLL ===> HALF
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
CA Mainframe Application Tuner Performance Management Assistant
Version 9.0.00
Please refer to the V9.0 Release Notes to get an overview of the
included enhancements in this release.
******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
24 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
User Documentation Overview
User Documentation Overview
This option enables you to see information about available product documentation, as
shown in the following panel.
COMMAND ===>
User Documentation Overview
SCROLL ===> HALF
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
CA Mainframe Application Tuner Performance Management Assistant
Version 9.0.00
Available PMA r8.5 Basic Product Documents:
PMA r8.5 Release Notes
PMA r8.5 Installation and Customization Guide
PMA r8.5 User's Guide
PMA r8.5 Messages Guide
******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
Support Contact Information
This option enables you to see general support contact information, as shown in the
following panel.
COMMAND ===>
Support Contact Information
SCROLL ===> HALF
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
CA Mainframe Application Tuner Performance Management Assistant
Version 9.0.00
For product issues please contact CA Technologies product support for
assistance.
******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
Chapter 3: Using the Info Board 25
Copyrights and Legal Disclaimer
Copyrights and Legal Disclaimer
This option shows important copyright and legal disclaimer information, as shown in the
following panel.
********************************* Top of Data **********************************
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
Copyright Trilog AG. All rights reserved.
IBM, DB2, CICS, IMS, and z/OS are registered trademarks of International
Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries or both.
All other trademarks belong to their respective companies.
******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
26 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component
This chapter describes how to use the ISPF panels of the Central Component and how to
use batch jobs that export Performance Management Assistant information and
measure the jobs of critical paths.
This section contains the following topics:
Functional Overview (see page 28)
Central Component Menu (see page 30)
Global Print JCL (see page 31)
Measurement Lists (see page 32)
Alert Management (see page 42)
Job Query Facility (see page 56)
Data Mining (see page 88)
Overtake Functions (see page 103)
Export Central Component Data (see page 109)
Measure the Jobs of Critical Paths - Job APCBJCRI (see page 117)
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 27
Functional Overview
Functional Overview
Performance Management Assistant scans the load, job, and procedures libraries you
define and locates all changed modules. Additionally, SMF job step termination (SMF 30,
subtype 4) records are read, statistics calculated, and current consumption values
checked for anomalies. The changed modules, job steps exhibiting a significant increase
in resource consumption, and specific job steps that you identify as user alerts become
measurement requests to CA Mainframe Application Tuner. The resulting measurement
information is then interpreted and filtered by Performance Management Assistant. The
measurements are stored for accessibility through the online panels for up to 18
months.
28 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Functional Overview
The following graphic is an overview of the Central Component online dialog:
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 29
Central Component Menu
Central Component Menu
The Central Component Menu is accessed by selecting option 1 on the Main Menu.
APCBP000 -- PMA ------- Central Component Menu ----------------- Version 9.0.00
OPTION ===>
0
1
2
3
4
5
I
T
X
PARAMETERS
MEASUREMENTS
ALERTS
JOBS
DATA MINING
CHECKPOINT
CA MAT
TUTORIAL
or END
-
Define User Specific Jobcard
List CA MAT Measurement Info
Manage Alerts
Show Chckp.Alerts: Y Yes,No,Only
Query Job Info (PMA Scope)
Mine Data in CA MAT Measurements
Check Checkpoint Writing
Call CA MAT
Obtain PMA Help
End Central Component Dialog
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
Use the options on the Central Component Menu to select the Central Component
functions.
Type the selection number in the OPTION field and press Enter. The following selections
are provided:
0
Define a user-specific job card to be used for printing. See the section Global
Print JCL.. For details about how to define all other parameters, see the
Administration Guide.
1
View and work with performance measurements. See the section
Measurements List.
2
View alerts or create new alerts. See the section Alert Management.
The Show Chckp. Alerts option displays only when the Checkpoint Checker
feature is enabled. In this case, one of the following values may be entered
prior to selecting the Manage Alert option:
Y - Display checkpoint alerts along with all other alerts.
N - No checkpoint alerts should be displayed.
O - Only checkpoint alerts should be displayed.
3
Use the job query facility to access specific performance information within the
scope of work. See the section Job Query Facility.
4
Perform data mining within the Performance Management Assistant
measurements. This option cross references stored measurement information
based on your selection criteria. See the section Data Mining.
30 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Global Print JCL
5
Call the optional Checkpoint Checker Feature. If used, the Checkpoint Checker
provides immediate online support in determining whether the proper
checkpoint writing exists for important job steps. See the chapter "Using the
Checkpoint Checker".
I
Call Performance Management Assistant.
T
Browse the online tutorial to obtain help. Panel -specific online Help can be
accessed by pressing PF1 on any panel.
X
Exit the Central Component Menu and return to the Main Menu.
Global Print JCL
The following panel displays when you choose 0 on the Central Component Menu.
APCXPP01 --- PMA - Global Print JCL ------------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Enter your user specific JCL statements used in all PMA
features for Print:
//JOBNAMEX
//*
//PRINT
//SYSIN
//SYSPRINT
//SYSUT2
//SYSUT1
JOB (12345),’PMA Print’,CLASS=X,MSGCLASS=X
EXEC
DD
DD
DD
DD
PGM=IEBGENER
DUMMY
SYSOUT=*
SYSOUT=*
*
Cancel: CAN
Save : END OR PF3
Other options within the ISPF online of the Central Component allows you to route
information to print. Use this Global Print JCL panel to define the job card and JCL
statements to be used when routing information to the printer.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 31
Measurement Lists
Global Print JCL Panel
In the lines provided on this panel, define your print job statements. These statements
may include
■
Job card
■
Local printer
■
Specific SYSOUT classes
■
Print formats
Once defined, this print job JCL is used by all features (Central Component, CICS Feature,
and IMS feature). This JCL is stored in your individual TSO user profile pool. If you do not
save the input to this panel by exiting with PF3 or END, the profile pool is not loaded.
Measurement Lists
On the Central Component Menu, Option 1, Measurements, displays either
■
Measurement List panel with CPU values if "Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): C" is defined
(panel APCJP001)
Or
■
Measurement List panel with WAIT values if "Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): W" is defined
(panel APCJP01W)
APCJP001 ------ PMA - Measurement List -------------------------- Row 1 from 6
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Jobname
:*
From date:
Commands
: SORT J/D/E/C/S/EX
Line Commands: MO -Meas. Overview
S - Show Measurement
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep Date
2011.03.15 Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): C
- Job/Date/Elpsd/Cpu/Srvus/EXcps
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov. JO -Job Ov.
SD -Show DB2 Plans AN -CA MAT Analysis
Elps
CPU
SRVUS
EXCPS
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DB2NEW1X
STEP010 2011.03.15 00:04:01 00:01:59
1005K
182
DB2NEW2X
STEP01 2011.03.15 00:10:30 00:04:59
5205K
2K
DB2NEW3X
STEP011 2011.03.15 00:03:11 00:00:59
1255K
82
DB2NEW4X
STEP01A 2011.03.15 00:04:41 00:02:20
2088K
133
DB2NEW5X
STEP01D 2011.03.15 00:03:22 00:02:02
1401K
77
DB2NEW6X
STEP012 2011.03.15 00:08:05 00:04:50
3352K
1K
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
32 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Measurement Lists
APCJP01W -- PMA - Measurement List ----------------------------- Row 1 from 49
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Jobname
:*
From date:
Commands
: SORT J/D/SW/N/P
Line Commands: MO -Meas. Overview
S - Show Measurement
2011.03.15 Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): W
Job/Date/SWap/Nondisp/Procdl
y
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov. JO -Job Ov.
SD -Show DB2 Plans AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep Date
Swapped NonDisp. LPAR/DIS
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DBBGB233
STEP050 2011.03.15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:20
DBBGB280 STEP1
DSNRTSO 2011.03.15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:04
DBBGS180
STEP040 2011.03.15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:00
DBBGS720 STEP1
DSNTIAUL 2011.03.15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:21
DBBGS730 STEP1
DSNTIAUL 2011.03.15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:23
DBGI0010 STEP1
DSNRTSO 2011.03.15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:18
Every CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement with a data set name prefix
that is the same as the one defined as a parameter is processed by job APCYJLNA.
The Measurement Lists are interpreted, filtered, compressed, and stored by
Performance Management Assi stant. The list of these processed measurements
displays on this Measurement List panel.
Panel Elements
This section describes the commands, fields, and columns on the Measurement Lists
panel.
Primary Command
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sorting List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific measurement that displays in the
list.
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel.
AT
Displays the Total Alert Text panel.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 33
Measurement Lists
AO
Displays the Alert Overview panel.
JO
Displays the Job Overview panel.
S
Displays the CA Mainframe Application Tuner performance measurement.
SD
Displays the DB2® Plan Overview panel.
AN
Provides an interface to the CA Mainframe Application Tuner Analyze Normal
function.
This function is only executable as long as the corresponding monitor data set has
not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter settings, refer to the
Global measurement data set processing section of the Administration Guide.
Jobname
Specific job name or generic job name.
To control the list of measurements that is being displayed, enter an actual job
name or a generic job name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all
measurements for all job names or to limit the list of measurements to a generic
group of jobs.
From Date
From date.
To see the previous processing results of Performance Management Assistant,
enter the date from which you want to see the list. The default is the last processing
date.
Show CPU(C)/Waits(W)
With value C, the columns Elps, CPU, SRVUS and EXCPS are displayed.
With value W, the columns Wait, Swapped, NonDisp. and ProcDly are displayed.
34 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Measurement Lists
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Job name, step name, and procedure step name of the CA Mainframe Application
Tuner measurement.
From Date
Date and time of measurement.
Meas
Percentage of measurement time related to the job step elapsed time.
If the Server handles the CA Mainframe Application Tuner requests, a value less
than 100% is possible because the measurement is not necessarily taken during the
entire time the job step executes.
The following four columns are shown if C (for CPU values) is set:
Elps
Elapsed time consumed during step execution in format hh:mm:ss.
CPU
CPU time consumed during step execution in format hh:mm:ss.
SRVUS
Service units consumed during step execution.
A K at the end of the value indicates that the format is in thousands.
EXCPs
EXCPs consumed during step execution.
A K at the end of the value indicates that the format is in thousands.
The following four columns are shown if W (for WAIT values) is set:
Wait
Wait time consumed during step execution (format hh:mm:ss).
Swapped
Time consumed during step execution when the TCB is swapped out from system
(format hh:mm:ss).
NonDisp
Time consumed during step execution when the TCB is not dispatched from system
(format hh:mm:ss).
ProcDly
Time consumed during step execution when the processor itself delays (format
hh:mm:ss).
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 35
Measurement Lists
Measurement Overview
After selecting a job name with line command MO in any list panel, an overview of all
stored measurements for the job displays.
APCJP011 ------ PMA - Measurement Overview ------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Line Commands: S - Show Measurement P - Print Measurement E - Edit Measurement
SD - Show DB2 Plans AN - CA MAT Analysis
Jobname Stepname Procstep
DB2NEW5X
STEP010
Calculated
LC Date
Time Comment Meas
Elps
CPU
Wait
EXCPS
yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.03.15 15:01
100
00:04:01 00:02:59 00:00:01
0K
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Measurement Overview panel displays the cross -reference list that shows all
existing measurements in Performance Management Assistant that are available for a
specific job step.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific measurement that displays in the
list.
S
Displays CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement reports.
P
Routes the measurement to the printer.
E
Displays the report in the editor so that you can edit the measurement.
For example, unwanted information can be deleted or your comments can be
added.
36 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Measurement Lists
SD
Displays the DB2 Plan Overview panel.
AN
Provides the interface to the CA Mainframe Application Tuner Analyze Normal
function.
This function is only executable as long as the corresponding monitor data set has
not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter settings, refer to the
Global Measurement Data Set Processing section of the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Job name, step name, and procedure step name of the CA Mainframe Application
Tuner measurement.
From Date
Date and time of measurement.
Meas
Percentage of measurement time related to the job step elapsed time, normally
100%.
If the Server handles the CA Mainframe Application Tuner requests, a value less
than 100% is possible because the measurement of a job step does not necessarily
occur during the whole job step execution.
Elps
Elapsed time consumed during step execution in format hh:mm:ss.
CPU
CPU time consumed during execution in format hh:mm:ss.
Calculated Wait
Wait time consumed during execution (format hh:mm:ss).
If the MEAS value is below 100%, the wait time is calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
EXCPs
EXCPs listed in thousands consumed during execution.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 37
Measurement Lists
Display Measurements
A CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement report displays as a result of one of
the following actions:
■
Line command S is used on the Measurement List panel to select measurements for
a specific job name.
■
Line command S is used on the Measurement Overview panel to select a specific
measurement report date for a specific job name.
APCBP101 CA MAT
COMMAND ===>
Meas. - SAMPLER AND JOB STATISTICS ---- Row 1 to 35 of 231
SCROLL ===> HALF
Object : C C/D - Chapter/Date
Direction: F F/B - Forward/Backward
Chapter : #SJS
Date: 2011.01.15 Job: TEST9810
STEP010
-- JOB INFORMATION -- ------ JOB STATISTICS ------ --- MONITOR STATISTICS --JOBNAME
STEPNAME
PROCSTEP
PROGRAM
ASID . .
(HEX) .
USER ID
JOB ID .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CICS LEVEL
DB2 LEVEL
IMS LEVEL
MQS LEVEL
SAP LEVEL
USS LEVEL
WAS LEVEL
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
TEST9810 TCB TIME . . . . 00:00:09.60 START DATE . .
STEP010 SRB TIME . . . . 00:00:00.40 START TIME . .
DURATION . . .
IKJEFT1A ECPU TIME . . . 00:00:09.46
95
ZAAP TIME . . .
**N/A** OBSERVATIONS:
005F
ELIG ZAAP TIME .
**N/A** FINAL RATE . .
REQUESTED . .
JOB61373 SWAPPED OUT . . 00:00:00.00 USED . . . . .
NON DISP . . . . 00:00:00.00
**N/A** LPAR/DIS DELAY . 00:00:00.75 SAMPLES:
8.1.0
USED . . . . .
**N/A** CPU SVC UNITS . 231565
% ACTIVE . . .
**N/A**
% WAIT . . . .
**N/A** EXCP COUNT . . . 372
**N/A** EXCP RATE . . . 2.11
AVG TCBS ACT .
**N/A**
< RGN LIM . 10240K
> RGN LIM . 32M
RGN REQUEST 9216K
DYNAMIC LINKLIST:
LNKLST00
< RGN USED HWM . 708K
> RGN USED HWM . 1096K
60MSEC
10000
2914
2909
3.33
96.67
1.00
CMN HWM USED . 220K
PAGE-INS . . . . 0
PAGE-IN RATE . . 0.00
MONITOR DATA SET . CAMAT.MONDS.TESTJOB.T235774.D20110115
38 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
2011/01/15
23:57:47
00:02:55
Measurement Lists
Performance Management Assistant interprets each of the relevant measurement
reports. The information is limited to certain reports and only the important information
is shown.
By default, the Sampler and Job Statistics chapter displays first. However, to see other
measurement reports or chapters, a variety of paging alternatives is available. The
normal PF keys for scrolling forward and backwards can be used. Additionally, the
Object field, Direction field, and Chapter field can be used in combination to scroll
through different measurement reports or chapters as defined below.
Field Descriptions
Object
Specifies the paging option.
Use the Enter key to enter one of the following values to indicate whether paging
should be by chapter or by date. (These values can also be used in the COMMAND
field.)
C―page through the CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement reports by
chapter.
A―forward direction (F) pages to the next chapter. A backward direction (B) pages
to the previous chapter.
D―page by date through the same chapter.
The chapter is identified in the Chapter field. A forward direction (F) pages to the
next date for this chapter. A backward direction (B) pages to the previous date for
this chapter.
Direction
Specifies the paging direction.
Between chapters/dates of the current measurement/chapter:
F―page forward
B―page backward
Chapter
Displays the current CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement report or
chapter being reviewed.
The default is #SJS - Sampler and Job Statistics. To display a different chapter, enter
one of the chapter IDs shown in the following table in the Chapter field (or without
the # sign in the COMMAND field).
Chapter ID
Description
#SJS
Sampler and Job Statistics
#RDC
Resource Demand Chart
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 39
Measurement Lists
#SAM
Sampler Messages
#TSV
Task View
#DLV
Delay View
#COV
Code View
#CVC
Code View Mode
#CVM
Code Mode Module
#CVP
Code View Mode Pseudo
#HIM
Histogram for Modules
#HT5
Histogram for Top 5
#DSA
Data Set Activity
#DDR
Detailed Dataview Report
#DBS
DB2 Statements
#DB2
DB2 Activity
#DBC
DB2 Code Detail
#SQL
SQL Statement Display
#DCL
SQL Declare Statement Display
#IMS
IMS Activity
#TXV
Transaction View
#MOD
Module Table
#POV
Pool View
#SUM
Summary
#BRO
Batch Reporting Options
#SAM
Sampler Messages
#IDE
IDMS DELAYS
#IDD
IDMS DML DELAYS
#LNT
LONG NAME TABLE
40 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Measurement Lists
DB2 Plan/DBRM Overview
After selecting a job name with line command SD, the DB2 Plan/DBRM Overview panel
displays.
APCJPDBR - PMA - DBRM SQL Overview --------------------------- Row 1 to 5 of 5
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Jobname Stepname Procstep
DB2DBJOB
DB2DBJPR
Date
Time
2011.01.15 02:13
STMT
TOTAL
TOTAL
AVERAGE
TOTAL
LC DBRM
NUM TYPE
COUNT CPU-P-CALL
CPU RESP TIME RESP TIME
-- -------- ------- -------- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------DB2DB001
1522 SELECT
150264 0.000027 4.130550 0.000064 9.682120
DB2DB002
1967 UPDATE
147128 0.000035 5.221276 0.000055 8.149808
DB2DB003
581 SELECT
10018 0.000186 1.866419 0.000304 3.041948
DB2DB003
618 UPDATE
10018 0.000059 0.591169 0.000104 1.040037
DB2DB002
1823 INSERT
3137 0.000091 0.286256 0.000328 1.028155
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The DB2 Plan/DBRM Overview panel displays the activity of DB2 statements during the
monitored period.
Column Descriptions
DBRM
Displays the name of a package (DBRM) that describes the SQL statement.
STMT NUM
Displays the statement number for a specific statement contained in a package or
plan.
TYPE
Displays the type of call issued with this statement as an argument.
CA Mainframe Application Tuner displays ???????? when the DB2 control block is
not yet valid. Valid values for call type are OPEN, FETCH, CLOSE, PREPARE, SELECT,
INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE and DYNAMIC.
TOTAL COUNT
Displays the number of times during the monitoring session that CA Mainframe
Application Tuner detected this SQL statement executing.
CPU-P-CALL
Displays the average CPU time (in seconds) that was needed by DB2 to process DB2
calls for this SQL statement (TOTAL CPU / TOTAL CALLED).
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 41
Alert Management
TOTAL CPU
Displays the amount of CPU time (in seconds) that was needed by DB2 to process
DB2 calls for this SQL statement.
AVERAGE RESP TIME
Displays the average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete
processing (TOTAL RESP TIME / TOTAL CALLED).
TOTAL RESP TIME
Displays the total response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete
processing of all executions.
Alert Management
Alert processing automatically identifies critical situations within a job step that require
measurement by CA Mainframe Application Tuner. The alert is issued automatically by
Performance Management Assistant when it recognizes these situations:
■
Current execution consumption values exceed either the statistical limits or the
defined thresholds for a particular job step. For details about how to define Alert
Thresholds, see "Define Alert Thresholds" in the Administration Guide.
■
A scheduled job step is calling a changed module.
Additionally, the user can manually issue alerts explicitly for job steps by using the
online Alert Management option.
The Alert Management option provides all the necessary information for the APM Team
to handle the alert. Information is provided in the form of state and reason codes that
identify the situation. The following table provides a description of these codes:
State
Code
Reason
Code
PEND
Long Description
Performance Management Assistant provides a CA MAT measurement. A measurement is
available if the alert state is changed to OPEN.
ELPS
SRVU
SUIO
ELIO
The state was created by job APCXJSMF as a result of statistical calculations based on
absolute values.
The state was created by job APCXJSMF as a result of statistical calculations based on
performance indexes.
CPIO
ALTH
The state was created by job APCXJSMF by comparing SMF consumption values of a job to
the defined alert thresholds.
MODC
The state was created by job APCXJLIB as a result of a changed module.
42 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
SRVR
The state was created by the server.
USER
The state was created by an online user.
OPEN
Performance Management Assistant has information about an alert, either a CA MAT
measurement or the user text.
ELPS
SRVU
MODC
USER
The state was changed from PEND to OPEN by job APCYJLNA for one of the following
reasons:
A CA MAT measurement existed for a job step that was in the TOP Scope and had
exceeded its statistical limits.
A measurement was stored in any case by user definition.
No further alerts are created except those of changed modules.
TEXT
The state was created by an online user to indicate that no measurement was requested;
however, user text information was provided.
CHCK
A user has initiated an alert for checkpoint writing.
REV
An online user selected an alert for review/inspection.
all
CUSE
The state was changed by an online user by using command R(eview) in the Alert List
Panel. No further alerts are provided by Performance Management Assistant.
An online user closed the alert.
all
CTHR
The state was changed by an online user by using command C(lose) in the Alert List Panel.
PMA closed the alert automatically. No measurement is provided.
ELPS
SRVU
The state was changed by job APCYJLNA because the measured job step abended or a CA
MAT Scope change has affected a PEND alert.
MODC
USER
CIMP
PMA closed the alert automatically. No measurement is provided.
ELPS
SRVU
MODC
CMUL
PMA closed the alert and temporarily stopped further alerts automatically.
ELPS
SRVU
MODC
COVT
The state was changed by job APCYJLNA because the consumption values of the
measurement did not exceed the statistical -based alert values or a TOP Scope change
affected a PEND alert.
The state was changed by job APCYJLNA because more than three contiguous alerts with
CTHR or CIMP were detected. No further CA MAT measurements are provided until a
module change is detected or an online user uses the D(elete) command in the Alert List
Panel.
An online user closed the alert and took over the statistical data.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 43
Alert Management
ELPS
SRVU
The state was changed by an online user by using the overtake command O in the Alert
List panel. In this case, the runaway values are the new statistical base for future tests.
TOP Scope Facility
Within the scope of work defined through inclusions and exclusions of job names and
programs, the scope is further drastically reduced by the TOP Scope. The TOP Scope
facility identifies the job steps consuming the greatest resources and limits CA
Mainframe Application Tuner measurements to this group.
The TOP Scope parameter is maintained by the administrator. It may be a value from 0 999. A value of 0 indicates that the statistical alert approach is disabled. In all other
cases, the TOP Scope defines how many important job steps should be statistically
observed.
See the Administration Guide for details about the processing logic that determines
whether a job step is among the top resource consumers. Statistical alerts and CA
Mainframe Application Tuner measurements are limited to the members of this group
of top consumers.
The TOP Scope can be used to control
■
Initiation and number of generated OPEN statistical alerts.
■
Generated alerts for all modified and new modules.
See the Administration Guide for details about defining these parameters.
■
How user alerts, initiated through the online dialog, are handled.
User defined alerts that request measurements may use the TOP Scope. If used,
only job steps of user alerts that are in the TOP Scope have OPEN alerts and their
measurements are stored.
44 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
The following graphic illustrates how the batch scope reduction works.
List All Alerts
To list all alerts, select option 2 on the Central Component Menu.
The Alert List can be displayed in two styles. Style A shows the common Alert List
including the available alert information. With style J you get the basic alert information
combined with the average consumption values for the displayed job steps.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 45
Alert Management
Alert List (Style A)
APCBP002 - PMA - Alert List --- All Issued
COMMAND ===>
---------------- Row 1 from 23
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Jobname.:
UserID..:
Commands:
:
:
LC......:
*
State: *
Style: A (A=Alert only J=with Jobinfo)
CRIT*
SORT S/A/D/R/J/M/U - State/Aid/Date/Reason/Jobname/Module/UserID
Bulk Delete - Delete all displayed alerts
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
AT -Al.Text AO -Al.Overv. JO -Job Ov MO -Meas. Ov AN -CA MAT AN
S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I -Insert O –Overtake
E -Edit M -act.Meas.
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep Module State Reas. AID IssueDate No.Al. UserID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TESTBAT3
TESTBAT
PEND USER 111 2011.01.15
1 CRITPATH
TESTBAT4
TESTBAT
PEND USER 111 2011.01.15
1 CRITJOB1
Alert List (Style J)
APCBP02J PMA - Alerts and Jobinfo --- Most Recent
COMMAND ===>
------------ Row 1 from 1
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Jobname.:
UserID..:
Commands:
:
*
State: *
Style: J (A=Alert only J=with Jobinfo)
*
SORT J/S/R/AC/AE/AS/F/IM Job/Stat/Reas/AvgCPU/AvgElps/AvgSRVU/FRQ/IM
Bulk Delete - Delete all displayed alerts
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
LC......: AT -Al.Text AO -Al.Overv. JO -Job Ov MO -Meas. Ov AN -CA MAT AN
S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I -Insert O –Overtake
E -Edit M -act.Meas.
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep STAT REAS Avg-CPU Avg-ELPS Avg-SRVU FRQ/Year IM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------JOB60901 STEP02 PROCOBA CUSR SRVU 00:09:29 00:21:20 25223K
115 18
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Use the Alert List panel to see an overview of all alerts along with all possible state
codes and reason codes. The state code identifies the current state of the alert, for
example, whether the alert is open, pending, closed, and so on. The reason code
identifies why the alert was issued, for example, module was changed.
46 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Alerts and Jobinfo Panel
To filter the data that is listed on the panel, use the Jobname, State, or UserID fields
described in Field Descriptions.
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
REV
Displays alerts with STATE = REV.
OPEN
Displays all alerts.
RECENT
Displays the most recent occurrence of each alert.
SORT
Sorts alerts. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sorting List
Panels
BULK DELETE
Deletes all alerts on the current alert list that match your selection criteria.
Enter BULK DELETE in the command line and press Enter. Then confirm your action
in the confirmation panel that appears if you are sure you want to delete the alert
entries.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific alert that displays in the list.
AT
Displays the Total Alert Text panel.
AO
Displays the Alert Overview panel.
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel.
AN
Provides the interface to the CA Mainframe Application Tuner Analyze Normal
function.
This function is only executable as long as the corresponding monitor data set has
not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter settings, refer to the
"Global measurement data set processing" section of the Administration Guide.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 47
Alert Management
JO
Displays the Job Overview panel.
S
Shows the alert.
R
Changes the state to REV, which permits alert text edits and review.
C
Closes an alert. The state is changed to CUSE and can no longer be reviewed.
D
Deletes an alert.
I
Inserts a new alert. For more information, see Insert an Alert.
O
Displays the Overtake Functions panel. You can clear, recalculate, or set the
statistical values for the selected job step. See Overtake Functions for more
information.
Field Descriptions
Jobname
Specify the actual job name or generic job name.
To control the list of alerts being displayed, enter an actual job name or a generic
job name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all alerts for all job
names or to limit the list of alerts to a generic group of jobs.
State
Enter the state of the alerts to be displayed to reduce the list of alerts to a specific
state.
You can enter a valid state code, the first letter of the state code plus an asterisk, or
an asterisk alone to see all states of alert.
48 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Style
Select the alert information style that you want to see:
Style = A is the normal alert list, which shows you the full alert information.
Style = J shows the basic alert information combined with the average job step
consumption values.
For a complete list of all state codes, see the following table.
UserID
Enter a full user ID or a generic user ID string, such as CRIT*, to control the list of
alerts that are displayed.
Column Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Displays the job name, step name, procedure step name, and module for which the
alert is issued.
The module name is the application module name if available. Otherwise, it is the
JCL PGM name.
State
Displays the current state of the alert. For a complete list of all state codes, see the
table in Alert Management.
Reason
Displays the current reason for the alert. Valid codes are listed in the following
table.
AID
Displays a unique alert identification for each alert.
Issue Date
Displays the date the alert was issued.
No. Al.
Displays the number of alerts for this job step.
If more than one alert exists for this job step and you want to delete them all, each
alert must be individually deleted by using line command D.
UserID
Displays the user ID of job for which the alert is issued.
Avg CPU
Displays the average of CPU time consumed by the job step.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 49
Alert Management
Avg ELPS
Displays the average of elapsed (session) time.
Avg SRVU
Displays the average of total service units.
FRQ/Year
Displays the estimated annual number of executions of the job step.
IM
Displays the importance of job step.
The higher the number means the more resource consumption was calculated.
Reason Code
Short Description
Long Description
USER
User
A user initiated an alert.
ELPS/SRVU
Elapsed time/
The alert resulted from a statistical calculation of absolute consumption
values for elapsed time or service units.
Service units
SUIO/ELIOS
SUEL
Performance
indexes
The alert resulted from a statistical calculation of consumption values for
performance indexes, that is the quotients of elapsed time/EXCPs (ELIO),
service units/EXCPs (SUIO) or service units/elapsed time (SUEL).
ALTH
Alert Threshold
One of the consumption values of the SMF30 record (subtype 4) of a job
exceeded the defined thresholds for this job.
MODC
Module Changed
A changed module was detected. The job step for which the alert was
issued is the one that most recently executed the changed application
program. If more than one job step executes the changed module, the most
important one is selected.
TEXT
Text only
If no measurement is requested, a user can perform a text-only alert. See
Insert an Alert.
CHCK
Checkpoint
Writing
A user initiated an alert for checkpoint writing. No measurement is
requested.
50 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Alert Overview
The Alert Overview panel displays as a result of one of the following actions:
■
Line command AO is used to select a job name on any list panel.
■
Line command D is used to delete the alert for a specific job and there is more than
one alert issued for the job step.
APCBP021 ------ PMA - Alert Overview ------------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Line Commands: MO - Measurement Overview JO - Job Overview
S -Show Alert R -Review C -Close D -Delete I -Insert
Jobname Stepname Procstep
XX130000 F130BS08 F130
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LC No State Reason AID Issue Date
Module
Link Date
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 CUSR SRVU 26617 2011.01.07
P3AM426 2011.01.15
1 CUSR SRVU 25622 2011.01.17
P3AM426 2011.01.15
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Alert Overview panel lists each alert issued to a specific job step.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that displays in the list.
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel.
JO
Displays the Job Overview panel.
S
Shows the Alert information text.
R
Changes the state to REV, which permits alert text edits and review.
C
Closes an alert and changes the state to CUSE. The alert can no longer be reviewed.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 51
Alert Management
D
Deletes an alert.
I
Inserts a new alert.
Field Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Specifies the job name, step name, and procedure step name for which the alert is
defined.
Column Descriptions
No
Displays the alert number.
State
See the table in the section Alert Management.
Reason
See the table in the section List All Alerts.
AID
Displays a unique alert identification for each alert.
Issue Date
Displays the creation date of the alert.
Module
Displays the module name for which the alert is issued.
Link Date
Displays the linkage date of the application program.
52 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Show or Review Alerts
To display the Alert Text panel, use line command S or R to select a job step name on
the Alert List panel or Alert Overview panel. Selecting this panel with line command S
allows you to only view the alert. If you want to edit the alert text and change the STATE
to REV, use line command R.
APCBP201 USERXX1.APCX.TEMP1 ----------------------- Line 00000000 Col 001 080
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
SAVE = END command or PF3
CANCEL = CAN command
Jobname Stepname Procstep Module Alerts State Reason AID Link Date
XXIDMPPJ DISTJA12 D4
DUMPSEL3
1 CIMP SRVU
648
------------------------------------------------------------------------------********************************* Top of Data **********************************
2011-01-28 PMA ALERT ID 00648
BY SRVU
------------------------------------------------------------JOB: XXIDMPPJ DISTJA12 D4
PGM: DUMPSEL3
EXEC: 2011-01-27 2:00 SYS: BSP1
CC: 0000
CPU: 00000 ELPSD: 00000 EXCPS: 000001 SRVU: 000014 I: 04
------------------------------------------------------------2011-01-08 PMA AUTOMATIC CLOSE BY IMPORTANCE UPGRADE
------------------------------------------------------------******************************** Bottom of Data ********************************
The Show/Review Alert panel details the alert situation for the specific job step by
displaying all information that has been:
■
Created automatically by Performance Management Assistant, or
■
Documented by the user
The alert is identified by the job name, step name, procedure step, and module.
Additionally, the number of alerts, status code, reason codes, identifier, and creation
date are listed.
Show/Review Alert Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
In Review mode (line command R), you can edit text up to the maximum of 102
lines. The text is saved in the database. It is available anytime for display or for
documenting additional information. The text is erased if you use the delete
command for the alert on either the Alert List panel or the Alert Overview panel.
The alert state is changed to REV when it is reviewed by using line command R.
■
To cancel changes, use the CAN (cancel) command. Changes in the text are ignored
and the state of the alert is not changed to REV.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 53
Alert Management
Total Alert Text
To display the Total Alert Text panel, use line command AT on the following panels:
■
Measurement List
■
Alert List - All Issued
■
Job List
APCBP022 ------ PMA - Total Alert Text---------------------- Row 1 to 10 of 10
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
No.
Jobname Stepname Procstep
Alert PCIDMPPJ DISTJA12 D4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 CIMP
1 2011-01-28 PMA ALERT ID 00648
BY SRVU
1
------------------------------------------------------------1
JOB: PCIDMPPJ DISTJA12 D4
PGM: DUMPSEL3
1
EXEC: 2011-01-27 2:00 SYS: BSP1
CC: 0000
1
CPU: 00000 ELPSD: 00000 EXCPS: 000001 SRVU: 000014 I: 04
1
------------------------------------------------------------1 2011-01-08 PMA AUTOMATIC CLOSE BY IMPORTANCE UPGRADE
1
------------------------------------------------------------******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Use the Total Alert Text panel to see a complete historical overview of all alerts and all
alert text for one job step.
54 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Insert an Alert
APCBP002 - PMA - Alert List --- All Issued
COMMAND ===>
--------------- Row 1 from 182
SCROLL ===> HALF
Jobname.:
UserID..:
Commands:
:
:
LC......:
*
State: *
Style: A (A=Alert only J=with Jobinfo)
*
SORT S/A/D/R/J/M/U - State/Aid/Date/Reason/Jobname/Module/UserID
Bulk Delete - Delete all displayed alerts
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
A +---------------------------------------+ s. Ov AN -TriTune AN
S |
New User Alert
| Insert O -Overtake
E |
|
LC Jobname |
Jobname Stepname Procstep
| IssueDate No.Al. UserID
----------- |
TESTUSER
STEP01
| ------------------------I TEST3DNB |
| 2010.01.09
1 PMASEVER
TEST1DOX |
| 2010.01.08
1 USRIA01
TEST0DAR |
Use Top Scope
: Y
| 2010.01.08
3 PMASEVER
TEST3DFQ |
CA MAT Measurement Request: Y
| 2010.01.07
2 PMASEVER
TEST1DMV |
| 2010.01.06
2 USRYXS3
TEST7XFZ |
| 2010.01.03
4 PMASEVER
TEST3DCS |
| 2010.01.02
3 PMASEVER
TEST1XET |
| 2010.01.02
1 PMASEVER
TEST2DHJ |
| 2010.01.02
2 PMASEVER
TEST2DXR |
| 2010.01.02
2 PMASEVER
TEST1DOX |
| 2010.01.02
2
TEST1DVX +---------------------------------------+ 2010.01.02
2 PMASEVER
TEST0DGW STEP16 RBSAPO04 RBSAPO04 CTHR SRVR 5563 2010.01.02
2 PMASEVER
The New User Alert window is opened when a job is selected either on the Job List panel
by using line command A (Add) or on the Alert List panel by using line command I
(Insert).
The New User Alert window displays the job and step name that you have selected as a
user alert.
Use the Window
■
To generate a CA Mainframe Application Tuner measurement request the next time
the job is scheduled, enter Y in the Measurement Request field. An alert with state
code PENDing and reason code USER is generated.
■
To apply the TOP Scope logic following a measurement, enter Y in the Use TOP
Scope field. (The Measurement Request field must also be Y.) If the measured job
step is in the TOP Scope, the alert state code changes from PEND to OPEN and the
measurement is stored. If the job step is not in the TOP Scope, the alert is implicitly
closed (state code changed to CIMP) and the measurement is not stored. If N is
entered in the Use TOP Scope field, all measurements are stored and the alert state
code is OPEN.
■
To create a text only alert with state code OPEN and reason code TEXT, enter N in
the Measurement Request field. A text only alert allows you to document a special
event or performance tip for a specific job step without generating a measurement
request.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 55
Job Query Facility
■
To create a new alert for the displayed job name, step name, and procstep, press
Enter. A subsequent panel allows you to document the alert by entering up to 102
lines of text.
■
To close this window without creating a new alert, press END or PF3.
Job Query Facility
The Job Query Facility allows you to query performance information based on the job
selection criteria that you define. To access the Job Query Facility panel, select option 3
on the Central Component Menu.
APCBP003 --------------------- PMA - Job Query Facility ----------------------More:
+
COMMAND ===>
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
from
to
------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
*
*
*
*
2011 01 07 2011 05 14
start time end time
---------------------------11 55
12 17
Results
: 05000 (1-99999)
Searchtypes for job description above and execution values below:
Description: AND (AND/OR)
Execution : AND (AND/OR)
============================= Job Execution Values =======================
Importance : >=
Alert state:
(C=Critical, A=Alerted)
Frequency : >= 00000000
Last run
--------------->=
>=
Average
---------------n/a
Condition Code
n/a
Condition Code
>= 00:00:00.00
>= 00:00:00.00
>=
0
>=
0
>=
0
>=
0
>=
0
>=
0
>= 00:00:00.00
>= 00:00:00.00
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
CPU Time
Elapsed Time
0
EXCPs
0
Total SRVU
0
CPU SRVU
0
SRB SRVU
0
IO SRVU
0
MSO SRVU
>= 0000.000
>= 0000.000
>= 0000.000
>= 0000.000
>= 0000.000
>= 0000.000
DASD Connect IO Time seconds
DASD Disconnect IO Time seconds
DASD Pending IO Time seconds
56 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
>=
>=
>=
00000.00
00000.00
00000.00
0000.000
0000.000
0
0
0
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
>=
00000.00
00000.00
00000.00
0000.000
0000.000
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
0
0
0
Total SRVU/Elapsed second
IO/Elapsed second
Total SRVU/IO(K)
CPU%/Elapsed Time
CPU seconds/IO(K)
Elapsed seconds/IO(K)
DASD Disconnect IO Time seconds
DASD Pending IO Time seconds
System
WLM Class
Service Class
Resource Group
Job Class
Performance Group
Input Priority
Reporting Class
Job Owner
UserID
*** END OF JOBQUERY SELECTION AREA ***
PGM/APPL criteria field contains the application program name, for example, the
program called in the JCL (PGM/JCL field) is the IMS region controller DFSRRC00 but
your application name is ZZ01IN28. This information is provided by job APCXJLIB. For
best results, carefully provide the parameter values when defining Standard Programs,
Standard Procedures, Job Libraries, and Procedure Libraries. For more information
about these parameter values, see the Administration Guide.
Job Query Facility Panel
The Job Query Facility panel allows you to define job selection query criteria for all
information that is available within the Scope of work, as follows:
1.
Define selection criteria for the jobs that you want to see.
For a more detailed search, also define job execution criteria values.
2.
In the Results field, specify the maximum number of results to be displayed.
3.
Press Enter to start the query.
4.
The information that is found displays on the Job List panel; see Display Job Query
Results.
Within the job query facility you can define job selection criteria to restrict the displayed
result list.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 57
Job Query Facility
Types of Selection Criteria
There are three types of selection criteria:
■
Job description by name and date (upper part of panel)
■
Maximum number of results to be displayed
■
Job execution values, either as an average or of the last job run (lower part of
panel)
Compare Operators and Input Values
All selection criteria within the execution value section are combinations of a compare
operator field and an input value field. The exception to this rule is that the alert state
selection has no compare operator field and is always checked with the = compare
operator.
The following compare operators can be used for the numeric fields:
■
>,
■
>=
■
<,
■
<=
■
=
■
!=,
■
GT
■
GE
■
LT
■
LE
■
EQ
■
NE
The following compare operators can be used for the alphanumeric fields:
■
=
■
!=
■
EQ
■
NE
58 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
All alphanumeric values can be entered in a generic form.
The following generic characters are allowed:
■
An asterisk (*) to indicate any number of arbitrary characters
■
This character can only be used at the end of a string.
■
A percent sign (%) as a placeholder for a single arbitrary character
ABC* or %%CD4* are examples of allowed generic input fields that you can specify.
Fields that contain an empty value are not checked.
The selection criteria for job description and job execution values can be combined
independently by using either the logical operator AND or OR. You can specify these two
logical operators in the Search types input fields.
The two result lists for job description selection and for job execution selection will
always be combined by a logical AND. You cannot prevent this combination from
occurring.
The maximum number of results to be displayed (specified in the Results field) always
limit the size of the displayed list regardless of the entered search types. A message
indicates if there are more jobs matching the description and execution selection
criteria.
Example
For example, if you specify the following criteria:
■
The job name ABC*, the date range 2011 01 01 to 2011 05 31, and the time range
23 15 to 03 00 together with the search type AND
■
The average job execution values Total SRVU > 100000 and EXCPs > 1000 together
with the search type OR
The results list will consist of the following jobs:
■
Jobs with names that start with ABC AND run between January 1, 2011 and May 31,
2011 AND start to run between 11:15pm and 3:00am
■
Jobs that match one or both of the following execution value criteria:
–
Average SRVU usage > 100000
–
Average EXCP usage > 1000
If you have entered the value of 1000 in the Results field and the results list exceeds
1000 jobs, only the first 1000 matches in the order of the job file (in general
alphabetically) will be displayed.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 59
Job Query Facility
If you are using the OR search type, be aware that each specified selection value is
checked. If any of the jobs match one of the selection values, that job is selected.
For example, if you only want to combine two values, be sure that all other selection
fields in the respective section are empty.
If you press the HELP key while the cursor is positioned in any input field, a field format
help panel displays. This panel provides information about the allowed input format of
the respective field; however, it does not provide field descriptions. The fields are
described in the table.
Field Name
Description
Jobname
Explicit or generic name of jobs to be selected
Stepname
Explicit or generic name of job steps to be selected
Procstep
Explicit or generic procedure step names to be
selected
PGM/JCL
Explicit or generic name of the programs in the JCL
to be selected
PGM/Appl
Explicit or generic name of application programs to
be selected
from
From date limit for records to be selected in the
format yyyy mm dd
to
To date limit for records to be selected in the
format yyyy mm dd
start time
Start time for records to be selected in the format
hh mm
It is the starting time of jobs that are being
selected.
end time
End time for records to be selected in the format
hh mm
It is the end of the window in which the job has
started. The period sel ected can be from
23 00 to 02 00, if a time period spanning midnight
is required.
Results
1- to 5-digit number that specifies the maximum
number of results to be displayed
Description (search type)
Logical operator AND or OR to specify the type of
combination of job description selection criteria
Use this field to combine any of the previous fields
except the Results field.
60 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Field Name
Description
Execution (search type)
Logical operator AND or OR to specify the type of
combination of job execution values selection
criteria
Use this field to combine any of the following fields
in the Job Execution Values section.
Importance
Compare operator and a 1- to 2-byte numeric input
that specifies the importance value as calculated by
Performance Management Assistant
Alert state
1-byte input A, C or * specifying the alert state,
where
A means Alerted
C means Critical
* means Any, including Not Alerted
Frequency
Estimated number of annual job step executions
based on the current execution behavior
This statistical value is calculated by PMA based on
the historical information that PMA has gathered
for a job step.
Use this field to find job steps with an estimated
number of annual executions that match the
defined frequency selection criteria.
Condition code (last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 4-byte numeric input
that specifies the condition code of the last job run
CPU Time
(last run)
Compare operator and a time value in the format
hh:mm:ss.HH that specifies the CPU time that was
used by the last job run, where
hh—hours
mm—minutes
ss—seconds
HH—hundredth of seconds
CPU Time (average)
Compare operator and a time value in the format
hh:mm:ss.HH that specifies the average CPU time
used as calculated by PMA, where
hh—hours
mm—minutes
ss—seconds
HH—hundredth of seconds
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 61
Job Query Facility
Field Name
Description
Elapsed Time (last run)
Compare operator and a time value in the format
hh:mm:ss.HH that specifies the elapsed time of the
last job run, where
hh—hours
mm—minutes
ss—seconds
HH—hundredth of seconds
Elapsed Time (average)
Compare operator and a time value in the format
hh:mm that specifies the average elapsed time as
calculated by PMA, where
hh—hours
mm—minutes
EXCPs
(last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the EXCP count in the last job run
EXCPs
(average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the average EXCP count as calculated
by PMA
Total SRVU
(last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the number of all types of service
units that were used in the last job run
Total SRVU (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the average number of all types of
service units that were used as calculated by PMA
CPU SRVU
(last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the number of CPU service units that
were used in the last job run
CPU SRVU (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the average number of CPU service
units that were used as calculated by PMA
SRB SRVU
(last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the number of SRB service units that
were used in the last job run
SRB SRVU (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the average number of SRB service
units that were used as calculated by PMA
IO SRVU
(last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the number of I/O service units that
were used in the last job run
62 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Field Name
Description
IO SRVU (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the average number of I/O service
units that were used as calculated by PMA
MSO SRVU
(last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the number of MSO service units that
were used in the last job run
MSO SRVU (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the average number of MSO service
units that were used as calculated by PMA
DASD Connect IO Time seconds
(last run)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnn.nnn (decimal point required) that specifies
the DASD connect I/O time that was used in the
last job run in seconds and thousandth of seconds
DASD Connect IO Time seconds
(average)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnn.nnn (decimal point required) that specifies
the average DASD connect I/O time used as
calculated by PMA in seconds and thousandth of
seconds
DASD Disconnect IO Time
seconds (last run)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnn.nnn (decimal point required) that specifies
the DASD disconnect I/O time that was used in the
last job run in seconds and thousandth of seconds
DASD Disconnect IO Time
seconds (average)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnn.nnn (decimal point required) that specifies
the average DASD disconnect I/O time used as
calculated by PMA in seconds and thousandth of
seconds
DASD Pending IO Time seconds
(last run)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnn.nnn (decimal point required) that specifies
the pending DASD I/O time that was used in the
last job run in seconds and thousandth of seconds
DASD Pending IO Time seconds
(average)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnn.nnn (decimal point required) that specifies
the average pending DASD I/O time used as
calculated by PMA in seconds and thousandth of
seconds
Total SRVU/ Elapsed second (last Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
run)
that specifies the performance index ratio of
service units by the elapsed time of the last job run
as calculated by PMA
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 63
Job Query Facility
Field Name
Description
Total SRVU/ Elapsed second
(average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the performance index ratio of
service units by the average elapsed time as
calculated by PMA
IO/Elapsed second (last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the performance index ratio of EXCP
count by the elapsed time of the last job run as
calculated by PMA
IO/Elapsed second (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the performance index ratio of EXCP
count by the average elapsed time as calculated by
PMA
Total SRVU/IO(K) (last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the performance index ratio of
service units by the EXCP count in the last job run
as calculated by PMA
Total SRVU/IO(K) (average)
Compare operator and a 1- to 8-byte numeric input
that specifies the performance index ratio of
service units by the EXCP count as average as
calculated by PMA
CPU%/Elapsed Time
(last run)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnnn.nn (decimal point required) that specifies
the performance index ratio of CPU time by the
elapsed time of the last job run as calculated by
PMA
CPU%/Elapsed Time (average)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnnn.nn (decimal point required) that specifies
the performance index ratio of CPU time by the
average elapsed time as calculated by PMA
CPU seconds/IO(K) (last run)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnnn.nn (decimal point required) that specifies
the performance index ratio of CPU time by the
EXCP count in the last job run as cal culated by PMA
CPU seconds/IO(K) (average)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnnn.nn (decimal point required) that specifies
the performance index ratio of CPU time by the
average EXCP count as calculated by PMA
Elapsed seconds/IO(K) (last run)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnnn.nn (decimal point required) that specifies
the performance index ratio of elapsed time by the
EXCP count in the last job run as calculated by PMA
64 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Field Name
Description
Elapsed seconds/IO(K) (average)
Compare operator and a decimal number
nnnnn.nn (decimal point required) that specifies
the performance index ratio of elapsed time by the
EXCP count as average as calculated by PMA
System
(last run)
Compare operator and an explicit or generic name
that describes the system ID of the last job run
(8-byte field length)
WLM Class
(last run)
Compare operator and an explicit or generic name
that describes the WLM class of the last job run
(8-byte field length)
Service Class (last run)
Compare operator and an explicit or generic name
that describes the service class of the last job run
(8-byte field length)
Resource Group (last run)
Compare operator and an explicit or generic name
that describes the resource group of the last job
run (8-byte field length)
Job Class
(last run)
Compare operator and an explicit or generic name
that describes the resource group of the last job
run (1-byte field length)
Performance Group (last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 2-byte numeric input
that specifies the performance group of the last job
run
Input Priority (last run)
Compare operator and a 1- to 2-byte numeric input
that specifies the input priority of the last job run
UserID
Use this selection field to find job steps that start
with the defined user ID
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 65
Job Query Facility
Display Job Query Results
After entering your job query selection criteria on the Job Selection panel, the results
are presented on the Job List panel.
APCBP031 -- PMA - Job List ------------------------------------- Row 1 from 13
Jobname
Commands
:
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State : *
SORT J/PJ/PA/O/A/E/S/I - Job/PgmJCL/PgmA/Occu/Alert/Elp/Srvu/Imp
BULK ALERT - Generate USER Alerts for ALL DISPLAYED job steps
SU -SRVU Dtls. IO -IO Time Dtls. V -Variances PX -Perform.Ixs
JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Ov.
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov.
A -Give Alert O -Overtake AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Jobname
Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl Recently Alert
Average Im
occured State Elpsd Srvu po
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TSTUSR1A
RUNAJOBD APCSAMP
2011.02.05
01m25s 689K 09
TSTUSR1B
A
ASMA90
2011.02.11
00.56s 935 00
TSTUSR1B
APCXACAL APCXACAL
2011.02.13
01.30s 1758 01
TSTUSR1B
STEP01 APCSAMP
2011.02.05
37m07s 8686K 18
TSTUSR1C
A
ASMA90
2011.02.13
00.84s 2130 01
TSTUSR1C
PGMSTART APCSAMP
2011.01.05
26m09s 6753K 16
TSTUSR1D
RUN001 APCSAMP
2011.02.05
41m53s 10M 18
TSTUSR1E
EXIT007 APCSAMP
2011.02.05
04m08s 1007K 11
The Job List panel displays the results of your job selection query. In addition to allowing
you to display other familiar panels, the Job List panel has alert options that allow you to
view and create alerts.
Job List Panel
You can filter the jobs by various fields. For example, to display only job steps with State
= OPEN, enter the state code OPEN in the State field.
Primary Commands - Job List Panel
Primary commands can be used as follows:
SORT
Sorts data. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
BULK ALERT
Generates user alerts for all displayed job steps.
SU
Displays service units separated into CPU, MSO, IO and SRB service units.
IO
Displays DASD connect, disconnect and pending times.
66 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
V
Displays measurement variances and averages that are calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
PX
Displays the performance index average values as calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
Line Commands - Job List Panel
Line commands can be used to work with a specific job step displayed in the list.
JO
Displays the Job Overview panel.
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel.
AT
Displays the Total Alert Text panel.
AO
Displays the Alert Overview panel.
A
Specifies an alert. See Insert an Alert.
O
Displays the Overtake Functions panel.
You can clear, recalculate, or set the statistical values for the selected job step. See
Overtake Functions for more information.
AN
Provides the interface to the CA Mainframe Application Tuner Analyze Normal
function.
This function is only executable as long as the corresponding monitor data set has
not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter settings, see the
Global measurement data set processing section of the Administration Guide.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 67
Job Query Facility
Column Descriptions - Job List Panel
Total
Displays the sum of service units in units, K, or M - as shown in the next four
columns.
CPU
Displays the average CPU service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
SRB
Displays the average SRB service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
IO
Displays the average IO service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
MSO
Displays the average CPU service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
Generate a Bulk Alert
After entering the BULK ALERT primary command on the Job List panel, the following
Bulk Alert Text panel displays.
APCBP302 -- PMA - Bulk Alert Text --------------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
The Bulk Alert process creates a PEND USER alert for each job step that
was listed on the previous Job List panel. If a measurement already exists
for a job step, i.e., indicated by the most recent alert, no new alert
will be generated.
No. of automatically generated alerts:
5
Bulk Alert ID:
Enter the alert text that will be commonly used for this bulk alert.
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
CANCEL Process: CAN
START Process: END or PF3
A bulk alert is a user alert that has been created for an entire listing of job steps. The job
step listing is created by using the Job Query Facility.
68 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Bulk Alert Text Panel
To generate a bulk alert
1.
Enter a Bulk Alert ID to represent the alerts created on behalf of your current bulk
alert request in the Alert List. The ID can be up to 8 characters long.
2.
In the lines provided, enter the explanation text for the bulk alert.
3.
Press END to display the fol lowing Bulk Alert Confirmation window:
APCBP303 ------- PMA - Bulk Alert Confirmation -----------An alert will be generated for all 1001 selected job steps.
There is no undo capability available.
Do you want to confirm this bulk alert: Y (Yes,No)
4.
Confirm the bulk alert by entering a Y in the confirmation field. To cancel the bulk
alert, enter an N in the confirmation field. Press Enter after typing Y or N.
After confirming the bulk alert, an alert with State=PEND and Reason=USER is
generated for each job step listed on the Job List panel.
If a measurement already exists for a job step, a new alert is not generated.
Service Units Details
After entering the SU primary command on the Job List panel, the following panel
displays.
APCBP304 -- PMA - Job List: SRVU Averages ---------------------- Row 1 from 13
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Jobname
:*
State : *
Commands
: SORT J/PJ/O/C/S/I/M - Job/PgmJCL/Occu/CPU/SRB/IO/MSO
: JL - Job List main overview PX - Switch to performance indexes
: IO - Switch to DASD details V - Switch to variances
Line Commands: JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Ov.
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov.
A -Give Alert O -Overtake AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL Recently
SRVU Averages
occurred Total CPU
SRB IO MSO
------------------------------------------------------------------------------BATJOB1A
RUNAJOBD APCSAMP 2011.02.05 689K 305K
0 342K 41015
BATJOB1B
A
ASMA90 2011.02.11 936 813
26
28
69
BATJOB1B
APCXACAL APCXACAL 2011.02.13 1758 1428
40
88 202
BATJOB1B
STEP01 APCSAMP 2011.01.05 8686K 7176K
0 743K 766K
BATJOB1C
A
ASMA90 2011.02.13 2129 1871
43
42 173
BATJOB1C
PGMSTART APCSAMP 2011.02.05 6753K 4948K
0 1144K 660K
BATJOB1D
RUN001 APCSAMP 2011.02.05 10M 7499K
0 2323K 806K
BATJOB1E
EXIT007 APCSAMP 2011.02.05 1007K 511K
0 420K 75872
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 69
Job Query Facility
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
SORT
Sorts data. For details about how to use the SORT command, see sort List Panels.
JL
Returns to the Job List panel.
IO
Displays DASD connect, disconnect and pending times.
V
Displays measurement variances and averages that are calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
PX
Displays the performance index average values as calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
Column Descriptions - Job List Panel
Total
Displays the sum of service units in units, K, or M - as shown in the next four
columns.
CPU
Displays the average CPU service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
SRB
Displays the average SRB service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
IO
Displays the average IO service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
MSO
Displays the average CPU service units that were consumed by the respective job in
units, K, or M.
70 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
IO Time Averages
After entering the IO primary command on the Job List panel, the following panel
displays:
APCBP305 ------ PMA - Job List: DASD IO Time Averages --------- Row 1 from 339
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Jobname
Commands
:
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State : *
SORT J/PJ/O/C/D/P - Job/PgmJCL/Occur/Connect/Disconnect/Pending
JL - Job List main overview PX - Switch to performance indexes
SU - Switch to SRVU details V - Switch to variances
JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Ov.
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov.
A -Give Alert O -Overtake AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL Recently
IO Time Averages (millisecs)
occured
Connect Disconn. Pending
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TCO65CO1
DOWNLOAD IKJEFT01 2011.01.25
3735
6284
1405
TEXPED
DDIO010 XPSTAT01 2011.01.25
33052
113
10471
TCO65CI2
UPLOAD IKJEFT01 2011.01.25
1120
2432
409
TGS9E7 BACA
CGS9E7 CGS9E7 2011.01.25
2002
345
665
T6I4SCM3
PLIPREP IEL0AA 2011.01.25
792
452
304
T023560
LINKEDIT IEWBLINK 2011.01.25
1040
1319
632
T023560
PLICOMP IEL0AA 2011.01.25
545
492
244
T4JUSCM
PLIPREP IEL0AA 2011.01.25
612
237
240
TBFUCOMP
PLIPREP IEL0AA 2011.01.25
550
183
243
T562157
LINKEDIT IEWBLINK 2011.01.25
861
284
304
T970112Z SCMSCAN SCMBT01 SCMBT01 2011.01.25
652
1729
254
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
SORT
Sorts data. For details about how to use the SORT command, see sort List Panels.
JL
Returns to the Job List panel.
SU
Displays service units separated into CPU, MSO, IO and SRB service units.
V
Displays measurement variances and averages that are calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
PX
Displays the performance index average values as calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 71
Job Query Facility
Column Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep/PGM/JCL/PGM/Appl
Displays the results based on your selection criteria for these fields as in the calling
panel APCBP031.
Connect
Displays the average DASD connect time in milliseconds consumed by the
respective job.
Disconn.
Displays the average DASD disconnect time in milliseconds consumed by the
respective job.
Pending
Displays the average DASD pending time in milliseconds consumed by the
respective job.
Variances and Averages
After entering the V primary command on the Job List panel, the following panel
displays.
APCBP306 ------ PMA - Job List: Variances and Averages -------- Row 1 from 339
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Jobname
Commands
:
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State : *
SORT J/PJ/O/EL/C/EX/S - Job/PgmJCL/Occu/Elp/Cpu/Excp/Srvu
JL - Job List main overview PX - Switch to performance indexes
SU - Switch to SRVU details IO - Switch to DASD details
JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Ov.
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov.
A -Give Alert O -Overtake AN -CA MAT Analysis
ELAP
CPUT
EXCP
SRVU
Recently <--1. Averages
--->
occurred <--2. Variances
--->
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TCO65CO1 IKJEFT01 2011.01.25
0
20
2
556
2
33
2
24793
TEXPED XPSTAT01 2011.01.25
0
0
35
183
1
1
435
12498
TCO65CI2 IKJEFT01 2011.01.25
0
3
0
90
1
4
1
2082
TGS9E7 CGS9E7 2011.01.25
0
0
8
61
2
2
4
30
T6I4SCM3 IEL0AA 2011.01.25
0
0
1
13
2
2
2
6
LC Jobname PGM/JCL
72 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
SORT
Sorts data. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
JL
Return to the Job List panel.
SU
Display service units separated into CPU, MSO, IO and SRB service units.
IO
Display DASD connect, disconnect and pending times.
PX
Displays performance index average values as calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
Column Descriptions
Jobname/PGM/JCL/
Recently occurred. Displays the results based on your selection criteria for these
fields as in the calling panel APCBP031
ELAP
Displays the averages (first row) and variances (second row) of elapsed times
calculated for the respective job.
CPUT
Displays the averages (first row) and variances (second row) of CPU times calculated
for the respective job.
EXCP
Displays the averages (first row) and variances (second row) of EXCPs calculated for
the respective job.
SRVU
Displays the averages (first row) and variances (second row) of total service units
calculated for the respective job.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 73
Job Query Facility
Performance Index Averages
After entering the PX primary command on the Job List panel, the following panel
displays:
APCBP307 ------ PMA - Job List: Performance Index Averages ---- Row 1 from 339
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Jobname
Commands
:
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State : *
SORT J/PJ/O/C/I/S/c/e/s - Job/PGM/Occ/CpE/IoE/SuE/CpI/ElI/SuI
JL - Job List main overview IO - Switch to DASD details
SU - Switch to SRVU details V - Switch to variances
JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Ov.
AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov.
A -Give Alert O -Overtake AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL Recently CP/EL
IO/EL
SU/EL
occured
CP/IO
EL/IO
SU/IO
------------------------------------------------------------------------------QX13929 S1
P1
PGM1
2011.01.04
0.01
0
26
599.49 13622.20
29558
QX19913 S2
P2
PGM2
2011.01.21
0.03
0
56
615.39 58523.36
44450
QX010375 S3
P3
PGM3
2011.01.31
51.39
794
40586
210.63 275.35
22031
JRYJ1V2M S4
P4
PGM4
2011.01.05
0.00
0
44
0.10
0.48
2144
SGMRVA#G S5
P5
PGM5
2011.01.23
1.62
7025
5283
0.07
3.63
22
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
SORT
Sorts data. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
JL
Returns to the Job List panel.
SU
Displays service units separated into CPU, MSO, IO and SRB service units.
IO
Displays DASD connect, disconnect and pending times.
V
Displays measurement variances and averages as calculated by Performance
Management Assistant.
74 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Column Descriptions
Jobname/PGM/JCL/Recently occurred
Displays the results based on your selection criteria for these fields as in the callin g
panel APCBP031.
CPEL/CPIO
Displays the performance index averages for CPU time percentage of elapsed time:
■
With two decimal places (first row) and for CPU time seconds per thousand
EXCPs
■
With two decimal places (second row) for the respective job
IOEL/ELIO
Displays the performance index averages for EXCPs per elapsed time minute (first
row) and for elapsed time seconds per thousand EXCPs - with two decimal places (second row) for the respective job.
SUEL/SUIO
Displays performance index averages for service units per elapsed time seconds
(first row) and for service units per 1 EXCP (second row) for the respective job.
Job Overview
To display the Job Overview panel, use line command JO to select a specific alert on the
Alert List panel, the Alert Overview panel, the Profile List panel, or the Job List panel.
APCBP301 - PMA - Job Overview -------------------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Commands:
SU/IO/JE/PX/O - SRVU/IO Time/Job Exec/PerfIX Dtls/Overtake
Line Commands: MO/JI/O - Measurement Overview/Job Info/Overtake
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
TSTUSR1H RUNSAMP APCSAMP
Valid Average
Stat. Im
CCODE
AV ER AG E VA LU E S
Alert
Calculations Alerts po Exceptns >---------------------------------< State
1
0 22
0 03:43:01.16 00:32:20.37 414K 49M
-- ---------- -------- ---- -------- ----------- ----------- ----- ----- ----Date
Time
COND
Elapsed
CPU
Alert
LC yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm:ss CODE System hh:mm:ss.hh hh:mm:ss.hh EXCP SRVU by
-- ---------- -------- ---- -------- ----------- ----------- ----- ----- ----2011.01.01 04:40:37 0000 ADCD
00:00:52.25 00:00:21.49 1546K 254K
2011.01.01 04:39:36 0000 ADCD
00:01:00.56 00:00:27.49 1830K 311K
2011.01.01 04:38:45 0000 ADCD
00:00:51.02 00:00:25.85 1843K 304K
2011.01.01 04:37:32 0000 ADCD
00:01:13.06 00:00:36.17 2480K 416K
2011.01.01 04:36:02 0000 ADCD
00:01:29.78 00:00:42.29 2914K 488K
2011.01.01 04:33:33 0000 ADCD
00:02:28.65 00:00:57.90 4327K 702K
2011.01.01 04:31:31 0000 ADCD
00:02:01.85 00:00:40.22 3106K 495K
2011.01.01 04:29:28 0000 ADCD
00:02:03.51 00:00:42.94 2990K 499K
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 75
Job Query Facility
The Job Overview panel displays the statistical values that were gathered and calculated
plus detailed information about the last 10 job step executions. The information on this
panel is divided into two parts:
1.
In the approximate middle of the panel, the statistics are displayed. See the
following Statistics field descriptions for a detailed explanation of each statistic.
2.
In the lower half of the panel, the detailed information of the 10 most recent
executions of the job step displays. See the following Column descriptions for a
detailed explanation of each column.
Line commands can be used as follows:
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel.
JI
Displays the Job Execution Information panel, which shows the execution
consumption information for the selected job step.
O
Displays the Overtake Functions panel.
You can clear, recalculate, or set the statistical values for the selected job step. You
can also calculate statistical values based on the most recent entries. For more
information, see Overtake Functions.
Primary commands can be used as follows:
SU
Displays service units separated into CPU, MSO, IO, and SRB service units.
IO
Displays DASD connect, disconnect, and pending times.
JE
Displays additional job execution information.
PX
Displays performance indexes for these job step execution measurements.
O
Displays the Overtake Functions panel. You can clear, recalculate, or set the
statistical values for the job step. For more information, see Overtake Functions.
76 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Statistics Field Descriptions
Valid average calculations
Displays the number of job step executions that were used for the average value
calculation in Performance Management Assistant.
Statistical Alerts
Displays the number of alerts for this job step.
Condition code exceptions
Displays the number of job step executions with a condition code greater than 4.
For more information, see the Administration Guide.
AVERAGE VALUES Elapsed
Displays the -calculated average elapsed time in minutes.
AVERAGE VALUES CPU
Displays the Performance Management Assistant-calculated average CPU time.
AVERAGE VALUES EXCP
Displays the Performance Management Assistant-calculated average number of
EXCPs expressed in units, K, or M.
AVERAGE VALUES SRVU
Displays the Performance Management Assistant-calculated average number of
service units in units, K, or M.
Alert State
Displays whether an alert was issued for the specified job step.
Date/Time
Displays the date and time the job step execution was started.
COND CODE
Displays the condition code of the terminated job step.
System
Displays the name of the MVS system on which the job step was executed.
Elapsed
Displays the amount of consumed ela psed time in minutes.
CPU
Displays the amount of consumed CPU time in minutes.
EXCP
Displays the amount of EXCPs in units, K, or M.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 77
Job Query Facility
SRVU
Displays the number of consumed service units in units, K, or M.
Alert by
Displays the kind of alert, either ELPS, SRVU, or OVRTAKE.
After entering primary command SU on the Job Overview panel, additional information
displays about the service units that were consumed by the respective job executions.
APCBP311 -- PMA - Job Overview: SRVU Details ----------------- Row 1 to 9 of 9
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Commands:
JO - Job Overview
Checkpoint
Line Commands: MO - Measurement Overview
Freq.
No.
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
0
0
TSTUSR1H
RUNSAMP APCSAMP
Valid average
Average values
calculations
Total
CPU
SRB
IO
MSO
9
447K
160K
0
271K
14991
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LC Date
Time
SRVU Total SRVU CPU
SRVU SRB
SRVU IO SRVU MSO
yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm:ss
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.01.01 04:40:37
254K
91128
0
154K
8835
2011.01.01 04:39:36
311K
116K
0
183K
11318
2011.01.01 04:38:45
304K
109K
0
184K
10640
2011.01.01 04:37:32
416K
153K
0
248K
14966
2011.01.01 04:36:02
488K
179K
0
291K
17327
2011.01.01 04:33:33
702K
245K
0
433K
23819
2011.01.01 04:31:31
495K
170K
0
310K
14048
2011.01.01 04:29:28
499K
182K
0
299K
17826
2011.01.01 04:27:14
550K
198K
0
336K
16139
The Job Overview SRVU Details panel displays the statistical values that were gathered
and calculated plus detailed information about the last 10 job step executions for the
different types of service units. The corresponding values are displayed as sampled by
the last 10 job runs and as averages (in the first half of the panel). The number of
measurements on which the average calculation is based displays in the Valid average
calculations field.
Use this panel to do the following:
Use line command MO to display the Measurement Overview panel.
Use primary command JO or press END to return to the Job Overview panel.
78 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Valid average calculations
Displays the number of job step executions that were used for the average value
calculation in Performance Management Assistant.
Average values
Displays the average values shown in the first half of the panel that correspond to
the columns described below.
However, the amount of measurements used as a basis for this average calculation
might differ or exceed the measurements shown below. The number of executions
used for the average calculation displays in the Valid average calculations field.
Date/Time
Displays the date and time the job step execution was started.
SRVU Total
Displays the sum of service units in units, K, or M - as shown in the next four
columns.
CPU
Displays the CPU service unit.
Task (TCB) execution time is multiplied by an SRM constant, which is CPU model
dependent. Included in the execution time is the time used by the address space
while executing in cross-memory mode. The value is shown in units, K, or M.
SRB
Displays the SRB service units.
Service request block (SRB) execution time for both local and global SRBs is
multiplied by an SRM constant, which is CPU model dependent. The value is shown
in units, K, or M
IO
Displays the IO service units.
This value is a measurement of individual data set I/O activity and JES spool reads
and writes for all data sets associated with the address space. The value is shown in
units, K, or M.
MSO
Displays the MSO service units.
This value shows main storage occupancy service units. The value is shown in units,
K, or M.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 79
Job Query Facility
After entering primary command IO on the Job Overview panel, additional information
about the DASD connect, disconnect, and pending time used by the respective job runs
displays.
APCBP312 ------ PMA - DASD Details ------------------------- Row 1 to 10 of 10
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Commands:
JO - Job Overview
Line Commands: MO - Measurement Overview
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
Q023410N
QISTP01 P4SLA23
Valid average
Average times
calculations
Total
Connect Disconn.
Wait
21
46234
28306
7915
10013
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LC Date
Time
Sum
Connect Disconnect
Waiting
yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm
<------------- milli seconds ------------->
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.01.11 01:12
117903
28324
78619
10960
2011.01.11 00:49
44180
28298
4653
11229
2011.01.11 00:43
58065
28288
18374
11403
2011.01.11 00:36
42137
28296
3759
10082
2011.01.11 00:29
41790
28299
3417
10074
2011.01.11 00:21
42038
28299
3446
10293
2011.01.11 00:14
42538
28294
4183
10061
2011.01.11 00:06
42379
28303
4098
9978
2011.01.10 23:55
43800
28324
4692
10784
2011.01.10 23:29
42139
28313
3740
10086
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Job Overview DASD Details panel displays the statistical values that were gathered
and calculated as well as detailed information about the last 10 job step executions for
the DASD IO times. The corresponding values are displayed as sampled by the last 10 job
runs and as averages (in the first half of the panel). The number of measurements on
which the average calculation is based displays in the Valid average calculations field.
Job Overview DASD Details Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
Use line command MO to display the Measurement Overview panel.
Use primary command JO or press END to return to the Job Overview panel.
80 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
Valid average calculations
Displays the number of job step executions that were used for the average value
calculation in Performance Management Assistant.
Average times
Displays the average times shown in the first half of the panel that correspond to
the columns described below.
However, the amount of measurements used as a basis for this average calculation
might differ or exceed the measurements shown below. The number of executions
used for the average calculation displays in the previous Valid average calculations
field.
Column Descriptions
Date/Time
Displays the date and time the job step execution was started .
Sum
Sum of the DASD IO times in milliseconds as shown in the next four columns
Connect
DASD connect time of this job step execution in milliseconds.
Disconnect
DASD disconnect time of this job step execution in milliseconds.
Waiting
DASD pending time of this job step execution in milliseconds.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 81
Job Query Facility
Job Overview - Additional Execution Information
After entering primary command JE on the Job Overview panel, additional information
about the job execution for the respective job executions displays.
APCBP313 ------ PMA - Job Overview: Execution Information -- Row 1 to 10 of 10
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Commands:
JO - Job Overview
Line Commands: MO - Measurement Overview
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
QT00728F
QISTP01 P4SL523
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LC Date
Time
Workload Service
Resource System Job Prf Input
yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm Manager
Class
Group
Name
Cls Grp Prio
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.01.10 23:50 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:46 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:44 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:38 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:33 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:28 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:25 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:21 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:17 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
2011.01.10 23:13 BATCH
BATCHLOW
OPRD
N 0 7
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Job Overview Execution Information panel displays additional job execution
information as gathered by Performance Management Assistant from the SMF records
for the single job runs.
Job Overview Execution Information Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
Use line command MO to display the Measurement Overview panel.
■
Use primary command JO or press END to return to the Job Overview panel.
Date/Time
Displays the date and time the job step execution was started.
Workload Manager
Displays the workload manager name as recorded in the SMF field SMF30WLM.
Service Class
Displays the service class name as recorded in the SMF field SMF30SCN.
Resource Group
Displays the resource group name as recorded in the SMF field SMF30GRN.
82 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
System Name
Displays the system name corresponding to the SYSNAME parameter in the IEASYS
PARMLIB member.
Job Cls
Displays the job class in which the corresponding job was executed.
Prf Grp
Displays the performance Group Number.
Input Prio
Displays the JES input priority.
If no value is specified for the PRTY parameter in the JOB card, this field contains
one of the following values:
–
For JES3, the default priority that is specified on the JES3 STANDARDS
initialization card
–
For JES2, a zero
After entering primary command PX on the Job Overview panel, additional information
displays about the service units that were consumed by the respective job executions.
APCBP314 ------ PMA - Job Overview: Performance Ratios ------- Row 1 to 9 of 9
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Commands:
JO - Job Overview
Line Commands: MO - Measurement Overview
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
TCO65CO1
DOWNLOAD IKJEFT01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------LC Date
Time CPU/Elap SRV/Elap IO/Elap CPU/IO SRV/IO Elap/IO
yyyy.mm.dd hh:mm
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.06.30 19:37
0.33
0
0
6.21
177000
0.21
2011.06.30 19:08
29.02 818000
5000
5.06 163600
12.08
2011.06.30 17:54
0.22
0
0
13.85 367000
0.34
2011.06.30 17:30
0.17
0
0
9.52 241500
0.12
2011.06.30 17:26
28.38 772000
2000
14.08 386000
30.66
2011.06.30 17:00
0.75
0
0
9.77 242000
0.15
2011.06.30 16:19
0.42
0
0
9.88 248500
0.20
2011.06.30 14:27
0.34
0
0
9.81 244000
0.18
2011.06.30 13:51
0.44
0
0
14.06 374000
0.55
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 83
Job Query Facility
The Job Overview Performance Ratios panel displays the performance indexes for each
job execution of the selected job step. There are 6 types of performance indexes or
performance ratios:
■
CPU time % of elapsed time(sec)
■
SRVUs per elapsed time(sec)
■
EXCPs per elapsed time(min)
■
CPU time(sec) per 1000 EXCPs
■
SRVUs per EXCP
■
Elapsed time(sec) per 1000 EXCPs
These values are displayed in the columns of this job overview table.
Use this panel to do the following:
■
Use line command MO to display the Measurement Overview panel for a specific
timestamp.
■
Use primary commands JO or the END key to return to the Job Overview panel.
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep/PGM/JCL/PGMAppl
Identifies the selected job step.
Date/Time:
Displays the date and time the job step execution was started.
CPU/Elap:
Displays the CPU time seconds percentage of elapsed time seconds (with two
decimal places), based on the consumption values for this job step execution as
provided by SMF.
SRV/Elap:
Displays the ratio of service units per elapsed time seconds, based on the
consumption values for this job step execution as provided by SMF.
IO/Elap:
Displays the ratio of EXCPs per elapsed time minute, based on the consumption
values for this job step execution as provided by SMF.
CPU/IO:
Displays the ratio of CPU time seconds per thousand EXCPs (with two decimal
places), based on the consumption values for this j ob step execution as provided by
SMF.
84 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
SRV/IO:
Displays the ratio of service units per 1 EXCP, based on the consumption values for
this job step execution as provided by SMF.
Elap/IO:
Displays the ratio of elapsed time seconds per thousand EXCPs (with two decimal
places), based on the consumption values for this job step execution as provided by
SMF.
Enter line command JI on the Job Overview panel to see the execution consumption
information for the selected job step.
APCBPJEI -- PMA - Job Execution Information ----------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Jobname
TESTLD5
Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl COND Date
Time
CHKATEST
IKJEFT1A
0000 2011.01.02 05:34:55.63
Elapsed Time.............: 00:00:02.00
EXCP Total:
257
CPU Time
CPU Time
CPU Time
INIT CPU
INIT CPU
CPU Time
zAAP CPU
CPU Time
zIIP CPU
SRVU Total:
CPU..:
SRB..:
IO...:
MSO..:
5.106
4.218
61
122
705
System............:
Job Class.........:
Performance Group.:
Job Input Priority:
Workload Name.....:
Service Class.....:
Resource Group....:
Reporting Class...:
SYS1
A
0
0
TSOTST
DASD
DASD
DASD
DASD
Total...........:
under TCB.......:
under SRB.......:
Time under TCB..:
Time under SRB..:
spent on zAAP...:
Time spent on CP:
spent on zIIP...:
Time spent on CP:
Connect Time........:
Disconnect Time.....:
Pending Time........:
Queue Time .........:
00:00:00.17
00:00:00.17
00:00:00.00
00:00:00.02
00:00:00.00
00:00:00.00
00:00:00.00
00:00:00.00
00:00:00.00
00:00:00.2150
00:00:00.1130
00:00:00.0670
00:00:00.0270
TSOBAT
TSO
Jobname
Name of the job
Stepname
Name of the step
Procstep
Name of the step that invoked the procedure
PGM/JCL
Program name from the executed JCL
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 85
Job Query Facility
PGM/Appl
Program name of the application
COND
Condition code of the terminated job step
Date
Date the job step execution was started
Time
Time the job step execution was started
Elapsed Time
Job step elapsed time in HH:MM:SS.ss format
CPU Time
Consumed CPU time in HH:MM:SS.ss format
STEP CPU Time under TCB
CPU time under TCB for this job step
STEP CPU Time under SRB
CPU time under SRB for this job step
INIT CPU Time under TCB
Initiator CPU time under TCB for this job step
INIT CPU Time under SRB
Initiator CPU time under SRB for this job step
CPU Time spent on zAAP
CPU time that this job step consumed on a zAAP processor
zAAP CPU Time spent on CP
zAAP CPU time that was spent on a regular CP
CPU Time spent on zIIP
CPU time that this job step consumed on a zIIP processor
zIIP CPU Time spent on CP
zIIP CPU time that was spent on a regular CP
DASD Connect Time
DASD I/O connect time for this job step
DASD Disconnect Time
DASD I/O disconnect time for this job step
86 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job Query Facility
DASD Pending Time
DASD I/O pending time for this job step
DASD Queue Time
DASD I/O start subchannel time for this job step
EXCP Total
Total EXCP count for this job step
SRVU Total
Total service units
CPU
CPU service units
SRB
SRB service units
IO
I/O service units
MSO
MSO service units
System
System/LPAR name
Job Class
Job class
Performance Group
Job performance group number
Job Input Priority
JES input priority
Workload Name
Workload name
Service Class
Service class name
Resource Group
Resource group name
Reporting Class
Reporting class name
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 87
Data Mining
Data Mining
Data mining allows you to easily and quickly pinpoint high consuming objects for
performance tuning. These objects include application programs, system programs, DB2
plans, and subsystems. With data mining, you can search and cross reference stored
measurement information by using a data mining scope, which is your user-defined
selection criteria for job steps. The most current measurement information of a job step
matching the scope is accumulated and made available for cross referencing. For
example, based on annual CPU consumption, you can spot the top con suming
application programs within your scope and then use a simple cross reference command
to list all job steps that are using those applications.
The results of two important calculations are presented for all tuning objects:
■
Annual Frequency - Statistical information about job steps is collected from SMF
and the Server. For all tuning objects, Performance Management Assistant uses this
historical statistical information to calculate the Annual Frequency. For example,
assume Data Mining has determined that a certain application program is used in
12 different job steps. The Annual Frequency in the application program is
computed as the average number of annual executions of these 12 job steps. If a
job step was not observed for a whole year, an a pproximate value is calculated. In
any case, the Annual Frequency does not represent the number of calls (for
example, to an application program). Instead, the Annual Frequency is based on the
number of related job step executions.
■
Annual CPU Consumption - For all tuning objects, Performance Management
Assistant calculates the annual CPU consumption. For example, assume Data
Mining finds a specific application program in 12 different measurements, that is,
job steps. The CPU consumption from each of the 12 measurements is multiplied by
the annual frequency of the related job step. The 12 individual calculations are
added together to provide the Annual CPU consumption of the specific application
program.
The calculation of the Annual CPU consumption is based on the measurements.
Therefore, the results are influenced by:
■
The number of measurements available in Performance Management Assistant and
how much of the TOP Scope is covered by the measurements
■
The age of the measurements
■
The Data Mining Scope definitions
■
Changes in hardware or software releases
■
Heterogeneous MVS systems in a sysplex
Performance Management Assistant should process for three months prior to using the
data mining feature. This period allows time for Performance Management Assistant to
gather statistical information from SMF and the Server, which is used for execution
frequency calculations and summations.
88 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
Define the Data Mining Scope
To access the Data Mini ng Selection panel, select option 4 on the Central Component
Menu.
APCBP005 - PMA - Data Mining Scope -------------------------------------------Define the Data Mining Scope.
Only the most recent measurement of each job step stored in PMA is used
for the Data Mining process.
Any combination of selection criteria can be defined.
Enter an option ===>
1 Measurements of all job steps
2 Measurements of all 10000 job steps of the TOP Scope
3 Measurements of the first 100 job steps in alpha order
Additional criteria to define the Data Mining Scope, combined with logical AND.
Jobname : ________ From Date: 2011 01 01 Calc. Method: AVG
PGM Name: ________ Base Date: 2011 06 20 Annual Freq.: Y
Job/PGM Name:
From/Base Date:
Calc. Method:
Annual Freq.:
Importance: 00
_ is used as wild card
Date in format YYYY MM DD
AVG/LAST/MEAS
Y/N
The Data Mining Selection panel allows you to define the data mining scope. Defining
the scope consists of entering the type of measurements to be considered and
optionally defining additional search criteria to limit the measurements to specific job
names, program names, dates, or importance.
Data Mining Selection Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
1.
In the OPTION field, select the Data Mining Scope by entering one of the following
option numbers:
a.
Select measurements of all job steps stored in Performance Management
Assistant.
b.
Select measurements of only the job steps that belong to the TOP Scope. For
details about the TOP Scope, see Use the TOP scope Facility.
c.
Select measurements of the first nnn job steps in alphabetical order where nnn
is a value between 1 and 999.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 89
Data Mining
2.
To optionally filter the data that is mined, enter specific search criteria as follows:
Jobname
The job name of relevant job steps using underscore as a wildcard placeholder.
PGM Name
The name of relevant programs using underscore as a wildcard placeholder.
From Date
The oldest creation date of relevant measurements.
Importance
The lower limit of job importance (see job file).
Base Date
Defines a different end date to weight the current frequency counter for the
estimated annual frequency calculation (optional).
To calculate the annual frequency, the current frequency is set in relation to
the dates of the first job step execution that Performance Management
Assistant received data from and the base date.
The difference between the two dates and the current job step executions in
that time frame is the base for the estimate of the annual forecast calculation.
The default is the actual date.
Note: This date is not considered if Annual Freq. = N is used.
Annual Freq.
Controls whether the job step frequency (and therefore the CPU time
consumption) is calculated as an annual forecast or if the frequency is taken as
it is and the CPU time consumption is calculated based on this current
frequency.
Y = Frequency and CPU time are calculated as an annual forecast.
N = Frequency and CPU time are calculated based on the current job step
frequency.
The restriction criteria are combined with logical AND
90 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
3.
The following calculation methods are available for the calculation of annual CPU
time:
AVG
The base is the average CPU time of the job step.
LAST
The base is the CPU time of the last (most recent) job step execution.
MEAS
The base is the CPU time of the measured job step.
If the MEAS method is selected and the measurement does not fit any entry in the
job history list, the annual CPU time is calculated as follows:
measurement CPU time * measurement elapsed time * frequency
Annual CPU time =--------------------------------------------------job step average elapsed time
4.
Press Enter to perform the search. The Data Mining Menu displays. If the mining
process requires more than 5 seconds, in progress updates are displayed until it is
completed.
5.
If the message 4000 rows exceeded displays, you should perform step 2 (again) to
limit the search.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 91
Data Mining
Data Mining Menu
After the data mining process is completed, the following Data Mining Menu displays.
APCBP051 - PMA --- Data Mining Menu ------------------------------------------Enter an Option ===>
1 Application Program Info
6
2 System Program Info
16
3 SubSystem Info
26
4 DB2 Plan Info
22
5 Job Step Info
3
===============================================================================
Selected CPU Calculation method: AVG
(AVG, LAST or MEAS possible)
Selected Data Mining Scope
=====>
Jobname
- Measurements of all job steps
- Measurements of all 3000 job steps of the TOP Scope
- Measurements of the first 100 job steps in alphabetic order
PGM Name
From Date
Job
occurred
Importance
------------------------------------------------------------------------------APAC____
________
2011 01 01
10
_ is used as wild card
YYYY MM DD
Lower limit
On the top half of the panel is a menu of five results tables in which all entries matching
your Data Mining Scope are stored. For each table, the total number of entries is listed.
The job step information pertaining to the first four tables can be cross referenced to
the related job steps. Otherwise, all job steps can simply be listed by selecting the fifth
table.
On the bottom half of the panel, the selected Data Mining Scope is indicated with an
arrow and the search criteria are displayed.
Data Mining Scope Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
1.
In the Enter an Option field, type the results table number to be displayed.
2.
Press Enter to display a panel on which the corresponding data mining results are
listed.
92 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
Data Mining Application Programs
To list all application programs found within the Data Mining Sc ope, enter option 1 on
the Data Mining Menu.
APCBP501 - PMA - Data Mining
COMMAND ===>
Application Programs -----
Row 1 from 244
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Appl PGM.....: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT N/C/F/J
- Name / Cpu / Frequency / No. Job steps
Line Commands: XJ -Xref Job step
SS -Significant Statements
Annual CPU
Annual
No. of
LC Appl PGM
h:mm:ss
Frequency
Job Steps
------------------------------------------------------------------------------TS444
15:25:56
52
10
TX392
6:37:33
1,875
38
TX720B
3:54:56
52
10
All application programs belonging to the most current measurements of job steps
within the Data Mining Scope are listed. Use the panel to spot programs with high
annual CPU consumption and cross reference those progr ams to the job steps that use
them.
Line Commands
Use line commands to work with a specific application program.
XJ
Cross references the job steps by using a specific application program.
The job steps are displayed on a subsequent panel in which other familiar options
are available. See Cross Referencing the Job Steps (see page 100).
SS
Displays the top 5 most significant statements belongi ng to an application program.
See Display the Significant Statements (see page 102).
Column Descriptions
Appl PGM
Displays the name of the application program found on the stored measurement.
Annual CPU
Displays a summation of the estimated annual CPU consumption in minutes of the
application program used by job steps within the Data Mining Scope.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 93
Data Mining
Annual Frequency
Displays a summation of the annual number of executions of the job steps within
the Data Mining Scope that are calling the application program.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details.
No. of Job Steps
Displays the number of job steps within the Data Mining Scope that call the
application program.
Data Mining System Programs
To list all system programs found within the Data Mining Scope, type option 2 on the
Data Mining Menu.
APCBP501 - PMA - Data Mining
COMMAND ===>
System Programs ----------
Row 1 from 143
SCROLL ===> PAGE
System PGM...: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT N/C/F/J
- Name / Cpu / Frequency / No. Job steps
Line Commands: XJ -Xref Job step
XS -Xref SubSystem
Annual CPU
Annual
No. of
LC System PGM
h:mm:ss
Frequency
Job Steps SubSystem
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DSNXGRDS
50:29:19
65,371
734 .DB2
.NUCLEUS
43:38:26
126,620
1,120 .NUCLEUS
DSNIDM
24:03:09
51,805
631 .DB2
All system programs belonging to the most current measurements of job steps within
the Data Mining Scope are listed. Use the panel to spot programs with high annual CPU
consumption and cross reference those programs to the job steps that call them or the
subsystem under which they run.
94 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
Line Commands
Use line commands to work with a specific application program.
XJ
Cross references the job steps by using a specific system program.
The job steps are displayed on a subsequent panel in which other familiar options
are available. See Cross Referencing the Job Steps.
XS
Cross references the subsystem under which a specific system program is executed.
The subsystem information displays on a subsequent panel. See Cross Referencing
the Subsystem.
Column Descriptions
System PGM
Displays the name of the system program found on the stored measurement.
Annual CPU
Displays a summation of the estimated annual CPU consumption in minutes of the
system program used by job steps within the Data Mining Scope.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Annual Frequency
Displays a summation of the annual number of executions of the job steps within
the Data Mining Scope that are calling the system program.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
No. of Job Steps
Displays the number of job steps with the Data Mining Scope that call the system
program.
SubSystem
Displays the subsystem name to which the system program belongs.
If the column contains the value of MORE, use line command XS to display all
subsystems have used the selected system program.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 95
Data Mining
Data Mining Subsystems
To list all subsystems found within the Data Mining Scope, enter option 3 on the Data
Mining Menu.
APCBP501 - PMA - Data Mining
COMMAND ===>
SubSystems ---------------
Row 1 from 192
SCROLL ===> PAGE
SubSystem....: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT N/C/F/J
- Name / Cpu / Frequency / No. Job steps
Line Commands: XJ -Xref Job step
Annual CPU
Annual
No. of
LC SubSystem
h:mm:ss
Frequency
Job Steps
------------------------------------------------------------------------------.DB2
163:24:28
110,369
1,123
.APPL
60:35:25
148,920
1,384
.NUCLEUS
43:43:55
141,534
1,319
.COBOL
16:43:29
110,036
1,164
All subsystems belonging to the most current measurements of job steps within the
Data Mining Scope are listed. Use the panel to identify subsystems with high annual CPU
consumption and cross reference those subsystems to the job steps that run under
them.
Line Commands
Use line command XJ to cross reference the job steps that run under a subsystem. The
job steps are displayed.
Column Descriptions
Subsystem
Displays the name of the subsystem found on the stored measurement.
Annual CPU
Displays a summation of the estimated annual CPU consumption in minutes of the
subsystem used by job steps within the Data Mining Scope.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
96 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
Annual Frequency
Displays a summation of the annual of executions of the job steps within the Data
Mining Scope that are using the subsystem.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
No. of Job Steps
Displays the number of job steps within the Data Mining Scope that have used the
subsystem.
Data Mining DB2 Plans
To list all DB2 plans used by job steps within the Data Mining Scope, enter option 4 on
the Data Mining Menu.
APCBP501 - PMA - Data Mining
COMMAND ===>
DB2 Plans ----------------
Row 1 from 1158
SCROLL ===> PAGE
DB2 Plan.....: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT N/C/F/J - Name / Cpu / Frequency / No. Job steps
Line Commands: XJ -Xref Job step
Annual CPU
Annual
No. of
LC DB2 Plan
h:mm:ss
Frequency
Job Steps
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DSNTIAUL
89:54:37
2,490
73
DSNTEP2Z
23:37:34
386
15
DT501
8:04:28
188
13
DT502
6:29:34
58
1
DT512P
6:03:25
801
30
All DB2 plans belonging to the most current measurements of job steps within the Data
Mining Scope are listed. Use the panel to identify plans with high annual CPU
consumption and cross reference those plans to the job steps that use them.
Line Command
To cross reference the job steps by using a specific DB2 plan, use line command XJ to
select the DB2 plan. The job steps are displayed on a subsequent panel on which other
familiar options are available. See Cross Referencing the Job Steps.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 97
Data Mining
Column Descriptions
DB2 Plan
Displays the name of the DB2 plan found on the stored measurement.
Annual CPU
Displays a summation of the estimated annual CPU consumption in minutes of the
DB2 plan used by job steps within the Data Mining Scope.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Annual Frequency
Displays a summation of the number of executions of the job steps within the Data
Mining Scope that are using the DB2 plan.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details.
No. of Job Steps
Displays the number of job steps within the Data Mining Scope that use the DB2
plan.
Data Mining Job Steps
To list all job steps found in the Data Mining Scope, enter option 5 on the Data Mining
Menu.
APCBP502 - PMA - Data Mining Jobsteps ------------------------ Row 1 from 1763
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Jobname......: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT J/I/C/F/MC/MD - Jobname/ Imp/ Cpu/ Freq/ MeasCpu/ MeasDate
Line Commands: JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Overview
AO -Alert Overview
Annual
Measurement
CPU Freq.
CPU Date
h:mm:ss
h:mm:ss yyyy-mm-dd
------------------------------------------------------------------------------JS500TE5 ST050
DB2BATCH
40:15:00
322 0:07:30 2011-01-24
JS300TE3 ST100
DB2BATTS
32:24:39
69 0:28:11 2011-01-23
JS002TE1 ST032
DB2BATTS
26:33:45
75 0:21:15 2011-01-23
JS002TE2 ST300
DB2BATTS
26:24:06
73 0:21:42 2011-01-23
JS050TE9 ST050
DB2BATCH
23:24:56
328 0:04:17 2011-01-17
JS300TE4 ST031
DB2BATCH
14:09:44
8 1:46:13 2011-01-13
LC Jobname
Statistical
Stepname Procstep Importance
Primary Command
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in whi ch the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
98 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific job step that displays in the list.
JO
Displays an overview of information about the job step.
MO
Displays an overview of all stored measurements for the job step.
As a reminder, the Data Mining process was based on the most current
measurement.
AO
Displays an overview of alerts for the job step.
Column Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Displays the job name, step name, and procedure step name of the job step.
Statistical Importance
Displays the job step importance as a ranking used to identify the most resource
consuming job steps.
All job steps are ranked from 0 - 50 where 0 is the least important.
Annual CPU
Displays the estimated annual CPU time in minutes that is consumed by the job
step.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Annual Frequency
Displays the estimated annual number of job step executions.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Measurement CPU
Displays the CPU consumption found on the most current Measurement of the job
step.
Measurement Date
Displays the date of the most current Measurement of the job step.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 99
Data Mining
Cross Reference the Job Steps
To cross reference the job steps by using an application program, a system program, a
DB2 plan, or those running under a specific subsystem, use line command XJ on the
panel display of the specific results table.
APCBP503 - PMA - Data Mining XREF Jobstep ---------------------- Row 1 from 10
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Jobname......: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT J/C/F
- Jobname / Cpu / Frequency
Line Commands: JO -Job Overview MO -Meas. Overview
AO -Alert Overview
Cross Reference for TS444
/ Application Programs
Annual CPU
Annual
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep
h:mm:ss
Frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------------JS444V02 TS401
DB2BATCH
3:53:36
8
JS444V01 TS401
DB2BATCH
3:51:52
8
The Data Mining XREF Jobstep panel is a cross reference listing of all job steps (those
within the Data Mining Scope) that call the selected application program, system
program, or DB2 plan or those running under a specific subsystem. The selected cross
reference source displays on the panel in the Cross Reference for field.
Primary Command
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific job step that displays in the list.
JO
Displays the Job Overview panel.
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel to see all stored measurements for the
job step.
As a reminder, the Data Mining process was based on the most current
measurement.
AO
Displays an overview of any alerts that might exist.
100 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Data Mining
Column Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Displays the job name, step name, and procedure step name of the job step.
Annual CPU
Displays the estimated annual CPU time in minutes that is consumed by the job
step.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Annual Frequency
Displays the estimated annual number of job step executions.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Cross Reference the Subsystem
To cross reference the subsystem under which a system program executes, use line
command XS on the Data Mining System Programs panel.
APCBP504 - PMA - Data Mining XREF SubSystem --------------------- Row 1 from 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
SubSystem....: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT S/C/F
- SubSystem / Cpu / Frequency
Line Commands: XJ -XREF by Job
Cross Reference for IGZEQOC / System Programs
LC SubSystem
Annual CPU
Annual
h:mm:ss
Frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------------.COBOL
5:00:36
33,514
The Data Mining XREF Subsystem panel allows you to see a summation of the CPU
consumption and Annual Frequency of the job steps that are using the specified system
program and running under this subsystem.
Line Commands
To cross reference the job steps by using the selected system program and subsystem,
use line command XJ. The job steps are displayed on a subsequent panel on which other
familiar options are available. See Cross Referencing the Job Steps.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 101
Data Mining
Column Descriptions
Subsystem
Displays the name of the subsystem found on the stored measurement .
Annual CPU
dDsplays the estimated annual CPU time in minutes that is consumed by the
subsystem used by job steps within the Data Mining Scope.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Annual Frequency
Displays the estimated annual number of executions of job steps within the Data
Mining Scope that are using the subsystem.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Display the Significant Statements
To see the most significant statements belonging to an application program, select the
program with line command SS on the Data Mining Application Programs panel.
APCBP501 - PMA - Data Mining Application Programs ----Row 1 from 244
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Appl PGM.....: *
CPU calculation method: LAST
Commands.....: SORT N/C/F/J - Name / Cpu / Frequency / No. Job steps
Line Commands: XJ -Xref Job step SS -Significant Statements
Annual CPU
Annual
No. of
LC Appl PGM
h:mm:ss
Frequency Job Steps
------------------------------------------------------------------------------SS TS444
15:25:56
TX123
6:37:33
APCBPMSS Significant Statements
TC456
3:54:56
TC700
3:04:44
Location
Annual CPU
TLXXB00
2:30:51
TALIB
1:48:12
0000B8C0
137
TB300
1:22:36
0000B880
130
TC950A
1:19:18
0000B500
127
TE100
1:18:14
0000B340
124
TO267
1:08:51
The Significant Statements window displays the statements with the highest annualized
CPU consumption for the selected application program. The top 5 statements are listed.
102 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Overtake Functions
Column Descriptions
Location
Displays location addresses for statements with the highest annualized CPU
consumption.
Annual CPU
Displays the estimated annual CPU consumption for the statement.
For more information about this calculation, see Service Units Details (see page 69).
Overtake Functions
You can change the statistics for a job step with the Overtake Functions panel shown
next.
This application allows you to clear, recalculate, or set statistical values for averages and
variances.
APCBPOV1 - PMA - OVERTAKE Functions
Enter an option
1
2
3
4
===>
Version 8.5
Note: Only highlighted options are available
Reset statistical values to Zero
Build statistical values from selected job step execution
Calculate statistical values based on the last 03 history entries
Edit statistical values
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
You can access this panel by any of the following methods:
■
Line command O from the Job List panel
■
Line command O from the Alert List panel
■
Line command O from the Job Overview panel
■
Primary command O from the Job Overview panel
If you access this panel by using line command O from the Job Overview panel, all
options are available and are highlighted. If you use any of the other available methods
to access this panel, option 2 is not highlighted and is not available.
The number of history entries in option 3 is a variable that can be set from 01 to 10. The
default is 03.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 103
Overtake Functions
The following provides an overview of the options on the Overtake Functions panel:
Reset statistical values to zero
With this option, all current averages and variances of the selected job step are
cleared to zero. The statistical calculation will start from zero with the next
execution of the job step.
This option is available when you access the Overtake Functions panel with any of
the following methods:
■
line command O from the Job List panel
■
line command O from the Alert List panel
■
line command O from the Job Overview panel
■
primary command O from the Job Overview panel
Build statistical values from selected job step execution
The job step execution values of the selected history entry are set as new average
values. Based on the averages, new values are calculated for the variances.
This option is only available when you access the Overtake Functions panel with line
command O from the Job Overview panel.
Calculate statistical values based on the last nn history entries
With this option, the statistical values (averages and variances) will be recalculated
based on the most recent n job history entries. n is the user-defined number of
most recent entries (1 - 10) to consider.
This option is available when you access the Overtake Functions panel with any of
the following methods:
■
line command O from the Job List panel
■
line command O from the Alert List panel
■
line command O from the Job Overview panel
■
primary command O from the Job Overview panel
Edit statistical values
Use of this option is a very delicate operation and should be used with caution.
You can enter your own average values. For each average value that you set, the
variances are recalculated based on the new average entry.
This option is available when you access the Overtake Functions panel with any of
the following methods:
■
line command O from the Job List panel
■
line command O from the Alert List panel
■
line command O from the Job Overview panel
■
primary command O from the Job Overview panel
104 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Overtake Functions
Overtake Process Flow
This section describes the actions that take place when you choose each of the options
on the Overtake Functions panel.
Any time you choose an option to modify the statistical values, a confirmation panel is
first displayed where you must agree before the modification is done. This panel
provides a NO-ACTION function (a CANCEL button) to interrupt the modification process
and to go back to the previous panel.
Reset statistical values to zero option actions
The confirmation panel displays.
■
If the action is not confirmed, then no action is triggered.
■
If the action is confirmed, then all Average and Variance fields are set to zero.
Because the average calculations now start from zero, the number of valid average
calculations and the Critical/Alerted flag are also reset to zero.
Build statistical values from selected job step execution option actions
The confirmation panel displays.
■
If the action is not confirmed, then no action is triggered.
■
If the action is confirmed, then the execution values from the selected job step are
used as new average values and the variance values are recalculated based on the
new averages.
The number of valid average calculations is set to 1 and the Critical/Alerted flag is reset.
Calculate statistical values based on the last nn history entries option actions
The confirmation panel displays.
■
If the action is not confirmed, then no action is triggered.
■
If the action is confirmed, then the average and variance values are recalculated
based on the execution values of the most recent job steps that are considered.
In the recalculation process, the oldest selected job step is used as the initial entry; the
other job steps are then used in the sequence of their entry date/time (from oldest to
most recent).
The number of valid average calculations is set to the number of considered history
entries and the Critical/Alerted flag is reset.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 105
Overtake Functions
Edit statistical values (averages only) option actions
1.
When you select this option, the panel shown in following is first displayed. It shows
all average values that you can modify.
APCBPEA1 PMA Job Statistic Information -AveragesCOMMAND ===>
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
JOB0001 STEP0001
PGM00001
Enter "C" for Change, "R" for Reset, "U" for Undo last change
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Average for:
---------------------Elapsed Time.........:
CPU Time Total.......:
EXCP Total...........:
SRVU Total...........:
SRVU CPU.............:
SRVU SRB.............:
SRVU IO..............:
SRVU MSO.............:
DASD Connect Time....:
DASD Disconnect Time.:
DASD Pending Time....:
DASD Queue Time .....:
Current/NEW:
------------00:06:20.40
00:05:45.39
494
10.391.349
8.636.650
66
240
1.754.393
00:00:06.7980
00:00:00.8280
00:00:02.8930
00:00:00.8700
Previous:
-------------
2.
To change any value in the displayed list, you must first select the value. This
precaution is to prevent changes by accident.
3.
You can use the following options to modify the average values:
4.
■
C - for Change
■
R - for Reset (to zero)
■
U - for Undo of the last Reset/Change that was done in the current average edit
session
When you select a value for Change, an entry panel is shown that displays the
selected field name as a header, the original value, and an entry field to enter the
new value.
The format of the data entry panel varies depending on the value that you have
selected to change, as shown in the following panels.
106 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Overtake Functions
The following panel shows an example of changing a value that has seconds with
two decimal places.
APCBPEA2 PMA Edit Average
Average for:
ELAPSED TIME
HH MM SS ss
Current: 00:06:20.40
NEW....: 00 06 20 40
The following panel shows an example of changing a value that has seconds with
four decimal places.
APCBPEA3 PMA Edit Average
Average for:
DASD DISCONNECT TIME
HH MM SS ssss
Current: 00:00:00.8280
NEW....: 00 00 00 8280
The following panel shows an example of changing a value that has no decimal
places.
APCBPEA4 PMA Edit Average
Average for:
EXCP Total..........
Current:
414034
NEW....: 0000414034
5.
In each edit panel the NEW value is prefilled with the CURRENT value. In the edit
panels for time values, the NEW value is split into separate entry fields for hour,
minutes, seconds, and decimal digits of the seconds. This makes it easier for you to
enter the values and to check for valid numbers and ranges, which are shown in the
following table:
Value
Valid Range
Hours
00 - 99
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 107
Overtake Functions
Minutes
00 - 59
Seconds
00 - 59
Decimal digits of seconds
00 - 99 / 0000 - 9999
Number value
0 - 2147483647
6.
If you enter a new value (different than the old value) or choose Reset (to zero), a
confirmation panel displays to confirm the change.
If you do not confirm the change, the old value is kept.
7.
The next time that you perform an average edit session, you can see the last value
before this Change/Reset was done in the Previous column, as shown in the
following panel:
APCBPEA1 PMA Job Statistic Information -AveragesCOMMAND ===>
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
JOB0001 STEP0001
PGM00001
Enter "C" for Change, "R" for Reset, "U" for Undo last change
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
8.
Average for:
Current/NEW:
---------------------- ------------Elapsed Time.........: 00:02:00.00
CPU Time Total.......: 00:01:00.00
EXCP Total...........:
0
SRVU Total...........:
10.391.349
SRVU CPU.............:
8.636.650
SRVU SRB.............:
66
SRVU IO..............:
240
SRVU MSO.............:
1.754.393
DASD Connect Time....: 00:00:06.7980
DASD Disconnect Time.: 00:00:00.8280
DASD Pending Time....: 00:00:02.8930
DASD Queue Time .....: 00:00:00.8700
Previous:
------------00:06:20.40
00:05:45.39
494
You can then use the UNDO command to change a value back to the one shown in
the Previous column.
That value will then be displayed in the Current/NEW column, as shown in the
following panel.
108 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export Central Component Data
The following panel shows an example where the previous value for Elapsed Time
has been changed back to the current value by using the UNDO command.
APCBPEA1 PMA Job Statistic Information -AveragesCOMMAND ===>
Jobname Stepname Procstep PGM/JCL PGM/Appl
JOB0001 STEP0001
PGM00001
Enter "C" for Change, "R" for Reset, "U" for Undo last change
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
Average for:
Current/NEW:
---------------------- ------------Elapsed Time.........: 00:06:20.40
CPU Time Total.......: 00:01:00.00
EXCP Total...........:
0
SRVU Total...........:
10.391.349
SRVU CPU.............:
8.636.650
SRVU SRB.............:
66
SRVU IO..............:
240
SRVU MSO.............:
1.754.393
DASD Connect Time....: 00:00:06.7980
DASD Disconnect Time.: 00:00:00.8280
DASD Pending Time....: 00:00:02.8930
DASD Queue Time .....: 00:00:00.8700
Previous:
------------00:05:45.39
494
Export Central Component Data
This section details how to export the job and alert information of the Central
Component.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 109
Export Central Component Data
Export Job Information - Job APCBJEXP
To export information from the database, use job APCBJEXP. This job creates a list or a
file that can be exported for use in other systems; for example, Microsoft EXCEL, or SAS.
The data is exported from the database to a sequential file that can be used in other
mainframe systems or file transferred to the PC.
//JOBCARD
//********************************************************************
//* PMA: APCBJEXP
*
//* MAINTENANCE: PMA TEAM
*
//* ACTION:
EXPORT JOB INFO FROM PMA DATA BASE
*
//* FUNCTION:
LIST OR EXPORT FILE WILL BE CREATED
*
//*------------------------------------------------------------------*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//********************************************************************
//APCBATAB EXEC PGM=APCBATAB
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD
//APCIN
DD DISP=SHR,DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCBCJEX)
//APCTAB
DD SYSOUT=*
//APCEREP DD SYSOUT=*
//APCBJOB1 DD DISP=SHR,
//
DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSJOB
//APCBALT1 DD DISP=SHR,
//
DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSALT
//APCBBPM1 DD DISP=SHR,
//
DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSBPM
To assist you in using this job information after it has reached its destination, the
following record description is provided. Each field of the record is separated by a
semicolon delimiter.
Field Contents for Job Information Export
Length
Job name
8
Step name
8
Procedure step
8
Program name
8
Application program
8
Number of runs
5
Condition code exceptions
4
Number of measurements
4
Most recent alert state
2
110 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export Central Component Data
Field Contents for Job Information Export
Length
Consumed elapsed time - minutes
4
Service units - in thousands
7
Importance
2
Example of a job information export record:
!
!
!
!
!
NUMBER OF
ALT! CONSUMPTION
JOBNAME !STEPNAME!PROCSTEP!PGMNAME !APPLPGM !RUNS ! CC !PROF!ST!ELPS!SRVUNIT!IM
--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+-----+----+----+--+----+-------+-JOBB4500;ABPROC1 ;ABSTP02 ;DFSRRC00;P3AB398 ;00005;0000;0000;PE;0042;0011993;18;
The scope of the data to be exported is defined within the job by using input parameters
in member APCBCJEX of the product CNTL library. These parameters are described in
the following table:
APCBCJEX Parameters
Input
MODE=x
Enter an E for export or an L for list. The default is E.
MODE=xx
Enter EX (export extended) or LX (list extended) to produce
output records with a LRECL of 90 and display the LPAR
column.
LPAR=name
Enter a fully-qualified LPAR name or a generic name by
using the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
You can retrieve only the job information where the LPAR of
the last job step execution matches either the fully-defined
or generic LPAR search expression.
JOBNAME=name
Enter a fully-qualified job name or a generic name by using
the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
PGMNAME=name
Enter a fully-qualified program name or a generic name by
using the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
IMPORTANCE>=
Enter a value for the importance. A number from 1 to 50 is
valid. A higher number indicates a higher job step
importance.
SERVICE-UNITS>=
Enter the service units in thousands, 1 - 999999.
ELAPSED-TIME>=
Enter the session duration in minutes, 1 - 9999.
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 111
Export Central Component Data
The following is an example of how to use the APCBCJEX parameters:
MODE=L
JOBNAME=__R_____
PGMNAME=APC____
IMPORTANCE>=10
ELAPSED-TIME>=30
SERVICE-UNITS>=1000
Export Alerts - Job APCXJEXP
To export alerts from the database, use job APCXJEXP. This job creates a list or a file that
can be exported for use in other systems, for example, EXCEL, SAS. The alerts are
exported from the alert database to a sequential file that can be used in other
mainframe systems or file transferred to the PC.
//JOBCARD...
//********************************************************************
//* PMA: APCXJEXP
*
//* MAINTENANCE: PMA TEAM
*
//* ACTION:
EXPORT ALERT INFO FROM PMA DATA BASE
*
//*
FOR JOBSTEPS, CICS OR IMS TRANSACTIONS
*
//* FUNCTION:
LIST OR EXPORT FILE WILL BE CREATED
*
//*------------------------------------------------------------------*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//********************************************************************
//APCXATAB EXEC PGM=APCXATAB
//STEPLIB DD DISP=SHR,
//
DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD
//APCIN
DD DISP=SHR,
//
DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCXCAEX)
//APCBALT1 DD DISP=SHR,
//
DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSALT
//APCTAB
DD SYSOUT=*
//APCEREP DD SYSOUT=*
To assist you in using this alert information after it has reached its destination, the
following record description is provided. The field delimiter is a semicolon.
Field Contents for Transaction
Alert
Length
Field Contents for Job
Alert
Length
Transaction name
8
Job name
8
PMA system control name
8
Step name
8
Alert ID
5
Procedure step
8
112 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export Central Component Data
Field Contents for Transaction
Alert
Length
Field Contents for Job
Alert
Length
Creation date (yyyy-mm-dd)
10
Alert ID no.
5
Job name of the region
8
Alert creation date
(yyyy-mm-dd)
10
State code
4
Program name
8
Reason code
4
Link date of program
(yyyy-mm-dd)
10
Average CPU time percentage
6
Alert state code
4
Measured CPU percentage
6
Alert reason code
4
Average number of
measurements
5
The following is an example of a transaction alert export record:
X-NAME !SYS-NAME!ALT-#!CR-DATE
!JOBNAME !STAT!FROM!AV CPU!ME CPU!MEAS#!
--------+--------+-----+----------+--------+----+----+------+------+-----+
OKD07900;IMS
;17682;2011-01-15;IMSZZ001;OPEN;STAT;
.39; 1.69; 165;
Print Alert Text
The alert export function (job APCXJEXP) enables you to extract the alert text, in
addition to the alert information shown in the previous table.
You can select the extract of the alert text by defining the TEXT parameter, as follows:
■
TEXT=Y to retrieve the alert text
■
TEXT=N to extract the alert information without the alert text
If the TEXT parameter is not used, then TEXT=N (default) is assumed.
To use this function, add the TEXT parameter to the control parameters for job
APCXJEXP, which is defined in member APCXCAEX in your product CNTL library, as
shown in the following:
*
SUBSYSTEM=B
MODE=E
TEXT=Y
TX-NAME=_________
SYSNAME=_________
PGMNAME=_________
STATE=OPEN
*CREATION-DATE=2011-01-01
**************************** Bottom of Data ****************************
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 113
Export Central Component Data
Output Example
If option TEXT=Y is used, the alert text (if the alert has additional text information) is
listed after the general alert information line, as shown in the following example:
JOBTST1A;
;STEP123 ;00321;2011-01-01;IKJEFT1B;
;OPEN;SRVU;
>ALERT TEXT
2011-01-01 PMA ALERT ID 00321
BY SRVU
------------------------------------------------------------JOB: JOBTST1A
STEP123 PGM: IKJEFT1B
EXEC: 2011-01-01
2:36 SYS: SYS1
CC: 0000
CPU: 00001 ELPSD: 00009 EXCPS: 000004 SRVU: 001986 I: 06
------------------------------------------------------------<END ALERT TEXT
If an alert has no text information, the *NO ALERT TEXT AVAILABLE message displays, as
shown in the following example:
JOBTST1A;
;STEP123 ;00321;2011-01-01;IKJEFT1B;
*NO ALERT TEXT AVAILABLE
;OPEN;SRVU;
Alert Export Parameters
The scope of the data to be exported is defined within the job by using input parameters
in member APCXCAEX of the product CNTL library. These parameters are described in
the following table:
APCXCAEX Parameters
Input
Default
MODE=n
Enter E = Export or L = List. The default is E.
E
TEXT
Enter Y = YES or N = NO.
N
SUBSYSTEM=s
Enter B = Batch, C = CICS, or I = IMS
B
JOBNAME=name
Enter a fully qualified job name for batch or a generic name by using
the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
all
TX-NAME=name
Enter a fully qualified online transaction or a generic name by using
the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
all
PGMNAME=name
Enter a fully qualified program name for batch or a generic name by
using the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
SYSNAME=name
Enter a fully qualified system name for online or a generic name by
using the underscore (_) as a wildcard.
all
CREATION-DATE=yyyy-mm
-dd
Enter the start date of alerts.
all
STATE=state
Enter the alert state: PEND, OPEN, REV, CLOSE
all
114 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export Central Component Data
All defined parameters are combined with a logical AND.
The following shows an example of how to use the APCXCAEX parameters.
SUBSYSTEM=B
MODE=E
TEXT=Y
TX-NAME=_________
SYSNAME=_________
PGMNAME=_________
STATE=OPEN
*CREATION-DATE=2011-01-01
Export Data Mining - Job APCBJDAX
To export data mining information from the database, use job APCBJDAX. This job
creates a list or a file that can be exported for use in other systems, for example, EXCEL,
or SAS. The data is exported to a sequential file that can be used in other mainframe
systems or file transferred to the PC.
//JOBCARD...
//*********************************************************************
//* PMA: APCBJDAX
*
//* MAINTENANCE: PMA TEAM
*
//* FUNCTION:
XREF OF DATA MINING
*
//* ACTION:
BUILD XREF ON LIST
*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//*********************************************************************
//APCBADAX EXEC PGM=APCBADAX
//STEPLIB DD DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD,DISP=SHR
//APCPARM1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.PARMS,DISP=SHR
//APCBPRO1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSPRO,DISP=SHR
//APCBBPM1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSBPM,DISP=SHR
//APCBJOB1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSJOB,DISP=SHR
//APCIN DD DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCBCDAX),DISP=SHR
//APCREP
DD SYSOUT=*
//APCEREP DD SYSOUT=*
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 115
Export Central Component Data
The scope of the data to be exported is defined within the job by using input parameters
in member APCBCDAX of the product CNTL library. These parameters are described in
the following table:
APCBCDAX parameters
Meaning
Default
XREF=n
where n identifies the tuning object:
A
1 Application program
2 System program
3 subsystem
4 DB2 plan
5 System program
6 Corresponding job steps
A All cross references
SCOPE=x
Where x identifies the Data Mining Scope:
T
ALL
T
All objects in the TOP Scope
All objects of PMA
Mnnn Maximum nnn objects
JOBNAME=name
A fully qualified job name or a generic name that uses the
underscore (_) as a wildcard
all
PGMNAME=name
A fully qualified program name or a generic name that uses the
underscore (_) as a wildcard
all
IMPORTANCE=nn
where nn is the lower limit of the job's importance
all
FROMDATE=yyyymmdd
lower limit of the measurement's creation date
All
BASEDATE=yyyymmdd
base date for frequency weighting
Date of data
mining execution
ANNUALFRQ=Y/N
defines whether the frequency annual forecast calculation is
done
Y
If N is specified, the CPU is calculated with the current job step
frequency.
All defined parameters are combined with a logical AND.
116 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Measure the Jobs of Critical Paths - Job APCBJCRI
The following is an example of how to use the APCBCDAX parameters:
XREF=A
SCOPE=T
JOBNAME=________
PGMNAME=________
IMPORTANCE=00
FROMDATE=20110101
Measure the Jobs of Critical Paths - Job APCBJCRI
When troubleshooting, use job APCBJCRI to initiate CA Mainframe Application Tuner
measurements for the jobs in a critical path. Within an input file to this job, you can
define threshold values for service units, elapsed time, and importance, as well as all job
names belonging to the critical path. Program APCBACRI identifies all steps contained in
each critical path job. If these job steps are within the Scope, APCBACRI checks if their
statistical average values for resource consumption, maintained by Performance
Management Assistant, exceed the threshold values. If they do, an alert is generated
with reason code USER.
//JOBCARD...
//********************************************************************
//* PMA: APCBJCRI
*
//* MAINTENANCE: PMA TEAM
*
//* ACTION:
CREATION OF ALERTS VIA CRITICAL PATH AND LIMITS.
*
//* FUNCTION:
================================================
*
//*------------------------------------------------------------------*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//********************************************************************
//STEPCRI EXEC PGM=APCBACRI
//STEPLIB DD DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD,DISP=SHR
//APCCRIT DD DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCBCCRI),DISP=SHR
//APCBJOB1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSJOB,DISP=SHR
//APCBALT1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSALT,DISP=SHR
//APCREP
DD SYSOUT=*
//APCEREP DD SYSOUT=*
The job names and thresholds must be defined by using input parameters in member
APCBCCRI of the product CNTL library. These parameters are described in the following
table:
APCBCCRI Parameters
Meaning
Default
%JOBPOS=nn
This parameter shows the start column of the job name in
the critical job file.
01
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 117
Measure the Jobs of Critical Paths - Job APCBJCRI
%INFO USER=userid
This parameter sets the user ID to be used for new PEND
alerts for the defined critical path jobs.
%LIMITS SRVU=nnnnnn/
ELPSD=nnnn/IMP=nn
Thresholds for service units, elapsed time, and importance,
when separated by a /, are combined with a logical OR.
%LIMITS SRVU=nnnnnn&
ELPSD=nnnn&IMP=nn
Thresholds for service units, elapsed time, and importance,
when separated by an &, are combined with a logical AND.
CRITPATH
zero
where:
SRVU is a 6-digit number representing the lower limit of
service units in thousands, for example, 009999
ELPSD is a 4-digit number representing the lower limit of
elapsed time in minutes, for example, 0099.
IMP is a 2-digit number representing the lower li mit of
importance, for example, 09.
The following rules apply to defining parameters in this member:
■
An asterisk (*) in column 1 always indicates the beginning of a comment. All text
following an asterisk in column 1 is ignored.
■
A percent sign (%) in column 1 indicates the beginning of a parameter line. All input
must be one of the valid parameters described above, JOBPOS or LIMITS.
■
The program expects to find one job name in any line that does not have an * nor a
% in column 1. The default starting column of a job name is column 1 unless
otherwise specified by the %JOBPOS parameter.
■
All digits of the limits must be supplied, that is, use leading zeros as place holders if
necessary, for example, SRVU=009999.
■
The delimiters / and & CANNOT be mixed. For example,
SRVU=009999&ELPSD=9999/IMP=50 is NOT valid.
■
An undefined limit defaults to zero.
■
If the result is true, an alert is issued for the job step.
■
If no limits are defined, an alert is issued for all jobs.
■
All jobs are reported under APCREP DD SYSOUT=*.
118 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Measure the Jobs of Critical Paths - Job APCBJCRI
The following example shows how to define the parameters in member APCBCCRI.
* DEFINITIONS OF LIMITS
*
%LIMITS SRVU=000999/ELPSD=0028/IMP=09
*LIMITS ELPSD=0030&SRVU=010000
*
** START OF JOBS BELONGING TO THE CRITICAL PATH
*
JOB01234
JOB01235
JOB01236
JOB01237
Chapter 4: Using the Central Component 119
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker
The Checkpoint Check is an optional feature of Performance Management Assistant. If
you would like to use this feature, contact your product representative for more
information.
This section contains the following topics:
Functional Overview (see page 121)
Technical Overview (see page 122)
Checkpoint Checker (see page 124)
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information (see page 128)
Functional Overview
Many batch jobs use DLI or DB2® as a database. If a batch job abends, usually backout
processing is started automatically by the database system. The backout process works
until a synchpoint is found. The DLI checkpoint command provides such a synchpoint. If
checkpoint writing is not implemented in the application program, or if it is done in an
improper way, it takes a long time to perform the backout process. This process can
sometimes take several hours, exceeding the time limit for the job or job step, which
can cause an abend or require an operator to cancel the job.
The following points are major consi derations to implement checkpoint writing in a
program:
■
The program requires an IMS environment, even if it is only using DB2 SQL.
■
To provide a program with checkpoint writing requires a detailed understanding of
and intervention into the logic of the application program.
■
The benefits of checkpoint writing are as follows:
■
High resource consumption and elapsed time for backout processing is avoided.
■
Jobs that implement checkpoint writing can be canceled by the operator on
demand without long delays and can be restarted.
■
The Checkpoint Checker helps answer the following essential questions for MVS
systems personnel:
■
Which job steps are using DLI or DB2 databases?
■
How high is the checkpoint writing frequency? For example, if 30 minutes elapse
between each checkpoint written, checkpoint writing does not have a significant
impact.
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker 121
Technical Overview
■
Which job steps run without checkpoint writing?
■
How important is the consumption habit of each s ingle job step, as compared with
all other job steps?
Technical Overview
The Checkpoint Checker consists of the following components:
■
Server, gathering and storing all relevant data in real time
■
TSO online query facility
■
batch job reporter
With APC 4.3.0, all Checkpoint Checker components are integrated into existing versions
of the Central Component and the Server.
Server
The Server performs real-time supervision of all job steps within the Scope. The
components of the Server recognize the following:
■
The use of DB2 by reading and interpreting the SMF 89 record after job step
termination
■
The use of DLI by checking if the IMS region controller is executed in the JCL
(DFSRRC00 or derivatives)
■
Each physical checkpoint written, by reading and interpreting message DFS681I in
the SYSLOG file
The Server calculates the average time interval in seconds between checkpoint writing
for a job step and stores this value as a checkpoint frequency in the database.
122 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Technical Overview
TSO Online
Thus, all data displayed in the online query facility is also real-time. The following online
functions are available:
■
Define the scope of work, that is, include or exclude job names or program names
to define the proper scope.
■
Use the online Checkpoint Checker query facility with various selection criteria, for
example, which job steps with an average elapsed time of over 30 minutes that
access DB2 tables do not write checkpoints.
■
Use all statistical information about job steps that is gathered by the Central
Component.
■
Use the Alert Management panels of the Central Component to keep track of
checkpoint problems and to change initiatives.
The Checkpoint Checker online system is fully integrated into the ISPF dialog panels of
the Central Component so all links into Central Component options (Profiles, Alerts and
Job info) are available.
Reports
For background processing of information about checkpoint writing, a batch job is
available to create
■
Printable listings
■
Sequential export files, for example, for use in EXCEL or ACCESS import functions
This program allows you to obtain output based on defined selection criteria. This
output can be used in various ways to control checkpoint writing within a job step.
For details about how to export checkpoint information, see Job APCKJCPT – Export
Checkpoint Information.
Benefits
The major benefits of using the Checkpoint Checker are as follows:
■
In the long run, all important job steps must implement checkpoint writing and the
Checkpoint Checker gives the user detailed information and easy-to-handle control
of this process.
■
If a runaway job step should be canceled by the operator, the Checkpoint Checker
provides immediate online support in determining whether proper checkpoint
writing exists or not.
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker 123
Checkpoint Checker
The following additional benefits are provided by the Checkpoint Checker feature:
■
No changes in JCL, programs, or OPC schedules
■
A fully automatic solution without any manual work
■
Insignificant CPU consumption for the permanent Checkpoint Checker process
■
No additional DASD space is necessary if Performance Management Assistant is
already installed
Checkpoint Checker
To access the Checkpoint Checker, select option 5 on the Central Component Menu. The
Checkpoint Query Facility panel is displayed. The Checkpoint Query Facility allows you to
query checkpoint information based on selection criteria that you define.
APCKP001 ------- PMA - Checkpoint Query Facility ------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Jobname Stepname Procstep From Date DB2 Checkpoint Average values Im
Occurred
Freq.
No. Elpsd
Srvu po
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ABAG____ ________ ________ 2011 01 01 _ 00,000 000,000 0,000 00,000 00
YYYY MM DD Y
Sec.
Min.
Th.
Any combination of selection criteria can be defined.
Checkpoint Query Facility Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
1.
Define the selection criteria columns as described below:
Jobname, Stepname, and Procstep
Can be defined by using an underscore (_) as a wildcard. For example,
ABAG____ searches for all job names that begin with ABAG.
From Date Occurred
Enter the most recent occurrence date.
124 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Checkpoint Checker
DB2
Enter a Y to indicate that DB2 processing is involved.
Checkpoint Freq.
Enter the greater than number of average seconds between checkpoint writing.
Checkpoint No.
Enter the greater than number of checkpoint writes during step execution.
Average Values Elapsed
Enter the greater than average elapsed time in minutes.
Average Values Service Units
Enter the greater than average service units consumed in thousands.
Impo
Enter a number between 00 and 50 to indicate the importance of the job step.
The higher the number, the more important the job step. This importance is
from the perspective of computer center resource consumption.
After entering the query selection criteria, press Enter. The query facility searches for
rows that match your criteria. The information that is found is displayed on the
Checkpoint Checker List panel.
The Checkpoint Checker query facility works as follows:
■
All input fields can be defined as you would in other query languages by using the
LIKE command.
■
The underscore is a wildcard used to represent one character.
■
■
All selection criteria are used in combination with logical ANDs.
Values entered for elapsed time in minutes and service units in thousands are used in a
greater compare. All jobs with consumption greater than the value entered are selected.
Values entered for frequency in seconds and number of checkpoint writes are used in a
greater compare. All jobs with consumption greater than the value entered are selected.
■
If the results table exceeds 4000 rows, you must define more specific selection
criteria.
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker 125
Checkpoint Checker
Display Checkpoint Query Results
After entering your selection criteria on the Checkpoint Query Facility panel, the results
are presented on the Checkpoint Checker List panel.
APCKP002 ------- PMA - Checkpoint Checker List -------------- Row 441 from 855
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Jobname
: *
State : *
Commands
: SORT J/O/D/F/N/E/S/I/A - Job/Occu/Db2/Freq/No/Elp/Srvu/Imp/Alert
Line Commands: JO -Job Overview PO -Profile Ov. AT -Alert Text AO -Alert Ov.
A - Give Alert
LC Jobname
Stepname Procstep Recently DB2 Checkpoint
Average
Im Alert
occurred
Freq.
No. Elpsd
Srvu po state
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ABAG133U ABPROC1 AMSTP07 2011.01.29 _
0
0
1
11 06
ABAG133U ABPROC1 AMSTP02 2011.01.29 _
0
0
2
11 07
ABAG133U ABPROC1 AMSKV01 2011.01.29 _
0
0
1
2 04
ABAG133U ABPROC1 AMSKV02 2011.01.29 _
0
0
0
2 04
ABAG1340 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
0
0
0
34 09
ABAG1341 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
0
0
0
239 10
ABAG1342 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
10
50
2 2,212 15 PEND
ABAG1343 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
0
0
0 4,069 14
ABAG1344 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
108
2
2
284 12
ABAG1346 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
14
76
4 6,381 17
ABAG1347 ABPROC1 AMSTP01 2011.01.29 _
121
1
2
77 10
The Checkpoint Checker List panel displays the results of your job selection query. In
addition to allowing you to display other Central Component panels, the Checkpoint
Checker List panel has a Give Alert option. The Give Alert option opens a window that
allows you to create a user text alert.
Checkpoint Checker List Panel
Use the State input field to filter the jobs to be displayed by state, for example, display
only job steps with State = OPEN.
Primary Command
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific job step that is displayed in the list.
JO
Displays an overview of job information, see Job Overview.
MO
Displays an overview of stored measurements, see Measurement Overview.
126 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Checkpoint Checker
AT
Displays the information about an alert, see Total Alert Text.
AO
Displays an overview of all alerts, see Alert Overview.
A
Opens an alert with reason code CHCK. An alert confirmation window is displayed.
Column Descriptions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep
Displays the results based on your selection criteria for these fields.
Recently Occurred
Displays the most recent occurrence date taken from SMF or, if not available, the
first date detected by the job library scan (APCBAJCL).
DB2
Indicates whether DB2 processing was used during the job step execution.
Checkpoint Freq
Displays the actual number of average seconds between checkpoint writing.
Checkpoint No.
Displays the actual number of checkpoint writes during step execution.
Average Elpsd
Displays the actual average elapsed time in minutes.
Average Srvu
Displays the actual average service units consumed in
Impo
Displays an identifier that represents the importance of a checkpoint.
This number is a number from 0 to 50 where 0 is least important. The importance
indicates how the consumption of a particular job step is ranked in regards to
consumption of computer center performance.
Alert State
Indicates the alert state of the job step. All possible alert states are listed and
described in the table in the section Alert Management.
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker 127
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information
To export Checkpoint information from the database, use job APCKJCPT. This job creates
a list or a file that can be exported for use in other systems; for example, EXCEL, or SAS.
The data is exported from the database to a sequential file that can be used in other
mainframe systems or file transferred to the PC.
//JOBCARD...
//********************************************************************
//* PMA: APCBJCPT
*
//* MAINTENANCE: PMA TEAM
*
//* ACTION:
CREATION OF A CHECK POINT LIST WITH USER SELECTION *
//* FUNCTION:
LIST OF EXPORT FILE WILL BE CREATED
*
//*------------------------------------------------------------------*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//********************************************************************
//STEPTAB EXEC PGM=APCBACPT
//*
//STEPLIB DD DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCIN
DD DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCKCCPT),
//
DISP=SHR
//APCBJOB1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSJOB,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCREP DD SYSOUT=*
//APCEREP DD SYSOUT=*
The scope of the data to be exported must be defined by using input parameters in
member APCKCCPT of the product CNTL library. These parameters are described in the
following table. All parameters are combined with a logical AND.
MODE=n
Enter an E for export or an L for list. The default is E.
JOBNAME=name
Enter a fully qualified job name or a generic name by using the underscore (_) as a
wildcard.
PGMNAME=name
Enter a fully qualified program name or a generic name by using the underscore (_)
as a wildcard.
ELAPSED-TIME>=
Enter the session duration in minutes, 1 - 9999, to export data with an elapsed time
greater than or equal to this amount.
IMPORTANCE>=
Enter the calculated importance, 1 - 9999, to export data with an importance
greater than or equal to this amount.
128 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information
The following example shows how to use the APCKCCPT parameters:
MODE=E
JOBNAME=__R_____
PGMNAME=APC____
ELAPSED-TIME>=30
IMPORTANCE>=10
The following example shows Checkpoint Checker export parameters:
MODE=E
JOBNAME=__R_____
PGMNAME=APC____
ELAPSED-TIME>=30
IMPORTANCE>=10
Generate an Output List
If parameter MODE=L is used in job APCKJCPT, an output list is created.
Generate an Export File
If parameter MODE=E is used in job APCKJCPT, an export file is created. To assist you in
using the checkpoint information after it has reached its destination, the following
record description is provided. Each field of the record is separated by a semicol on
delimiter.
Field Contents for Job Information Export
Length
Job name
8
Step name
8
Procedure step
8
Program name
8
Application program
8
DB2 - checkpoint values
3
DLI - checkpoint values
3
Message number - checkpoint values
5
Frequency - checkpoint values - average seconds between
checkpoint writing
5
Measurement number - Consumption values
5
Elapsed time- Consumption values
4
CPU time - Consumption values
4
Chapter 5: Using the Checkpoint Checker 129
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information
Service Units - Consumption values
7
Importance
2
Number of Alerts
4
Number of Condition Code exceptions
4
The following example shows an illustration of an export record:
!
!
!
!
! CHECK POINT VALUES!
CONSUMPTION VALUES
! EVENTS
JOBNAME !STEPNAME!PROCSTEP!PGMNAME !APPLPGM !DB2!DLI! MSG#! FREQ!MEAS#!ELPS! CPU!SRVUNIT!IM! ALT! CC
--------+--------+--------+--------+--------+---+---+-----+-----+-----+----+----+-------+--+----+
---
130 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature
This chapter describes how to use the ISPF panels of the CICS Feature and how to export
information.
The following flowchart illustrates how the System Control of the CICS Feature works.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 131
Job APCKJCPT - Export Checkpoint Information
The following flowchart illustrates the layout of the ISPF panels that allow you to
perform the online functions of the CICS Feature.
132 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
CICS Feature Menu
This section contains the following topics:
CICS Feature Menu (see page 133)
Global Print JCL (see page 135)
Transaction Information (see page 136)
General Module Information (see page 142)
DBRM - SQL Information (see page 146)
PSB - DLI Information (see page 158)
Overview of Measurement Reports (see page 161)
System Information (see page 163)
Alert Management (see page 167)
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary (see page 177)
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary (see page 180)
SMF Information for CICS Transactions (see page 182)
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP (see page 207)
CICS Feature Menu
The CICS Feature is accessed by starting REXX procedure PMA and selecting the CICS
Feature option.
APCGP000 ------ PMA --- CICS Feature Menu ---------------------- Release 8.5
OPTION ===>
SYSTEM: *
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S
D
C
T
X
PARAMETERS
TRANSACTIONS
MODULES
DBRM/DB2 Plan
PSBS
OVERVIEWS
SYSTEMS
ALERTS TRX
ALERTS PGM
SQL Summary
DLI Summary
CICS SMF
TUTORIAL
or END
-
Define User Specific Jobcard
Transaction Info
General Module Info
DBRM Information
PSB Information
CA MAT Measurement Extractions #SJS
System Info
Alert Management TRX
Alert Management CHANGED MODULES
SQL Information
DLI Information
CICS Transaction SMF Information
Obtain PMA Help
End CICS Feature
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
CICS is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corp.
The CICS Feature Menu allows you to access all components of the CICS Feature as
described below.
To request information for a specific CICS system, enter the name in the SYSTEM field.
Otherwise, to show all available information for all measured systems, use the default
generic value * in the SYSTEM field.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 133
CICS Feature Menu
After defining the CICS SYSTEM, to select options on the CICS Feature Menu, type one of
the following numbers in the OPTION field and press Enter:
0 Define a user specific jobcard for printing. For details about all other system
parameters, see the AdministrationGuide.
1 Display an overview of all available transaction information as of the last
measurement day.
2 Display an overview of all available module information as of the last measurement
day.
3 Display an overview of all available DB2® plan and SQL information as of the last
measurement day.
4 Display an overview of all available DLI information as of the last measurement day.
5 Display and work with different reports. Corresponding to this OVERVIEWS option
is an input field that allows you to ask for a specific report overview. The default is
#SJS.
6 Display the System Overview panel.
7 View all alerts issued.
8 View alerts issued for changed modules only.
S
Display a list of the SQL statements exceeding the thresholds.
D Display a list of the DLI statements exceeding the thresholds.
C Display the CICS Transaction SMF Information panel.
The following table lists the reports and their corresponding identifiers.
Chapter ID
Overview Description
#SJS
Sampler and job statistics
#RDC
Resource demand chart
#COV
Code view
#DSA
Dataset activity
#TXV
Transaction view
#POV
Pool view
#SUM
Summary
#IDE
IDMS DELAYS
#IDD
IDMS DML DELAYS
#LNT
LONG NAME TABLE
134 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Global Print JCL
To use the OVERVIEWS option
1.
Type 5 in the OPTION field.
2.
Type the general CA Mainframe Application Tuner report identifier in the
corresponding overview input field.
3.
Press Enter.
Global Print JCL
The Global Print JCL panel is displayed when you choose 0 on the CICS Feature Menu.
APCXPP01 --- PMA - Global Print JCL ------------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Enter your user specific JCL statements used in all PMA
features for Print:
//JOBNAMEX
//*
//PRINT
//SYSIN
//SYSPRINT
//SYSUT2
//SYSUT1
JOB (12345),’PMA 8.5 Print’,CLASS=X,MSGCLASS=X
EXEC
DD
DD
DD
DD
PGM=IEBGENER
DUMMY
SYSOUT=*
SYSOUT=*
*
Cancel: CAN
Save : END OR PF3
In order to use the print command of Performance Management Assistant, you must
have complete and correct JCL statements for the print job.
Global Print JCL Panel
In the lines provided on this panel, define your print job statements. These statements
can include the following information:
■
Job card
■
Local printer
■
Specific SYSOUT classes
■
Print formats
After the print job is defined, the print job JCL is used by all features (Central
Component, CICS Feature, and IMS Feature). This JCL is stored in your individual TSO
user profile pool. If you do not save the input to this panel by exiting with PF3 or END,
the profile pool is not loaded.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 135
Transaction Information
Transaction Information
The Transaction Information panel is displayed when option 1 is entered on the CICS
Feature Menu.
APCGPS01 - PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Information --------- Row 1 from 240
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction
:*
Date: 2011.01.13
System: *
Line Commands: TO - TX overview AL Alert list AI Alert insert
TM - TX specific module info TD - DBRM info TP - PSB info
LC TRAN
-- -------TRX1
-- -------TRX2
-- -------TRX3
-- -------TRX4
System
CPU% Total-CPU Total-SU Total-RESP
ACTV%
AVG-CPU AVG-SU AVG-RESP
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------CICS0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------CICS0008 1.100 73.766000 1342744 0.000000
6.147166 111895 0.000000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------CICS0008 3.550 238.063000 4333403 0.000000
4.578134
83334 0.000000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------CICS0008 0.580 38.894800 707992 0.000000
4.321644
78665 0.000000
#EXEC A MOD DB PSB
------- - --- --- --3
3
------- - --- --- --12
12 4
------- - --- --- --52
19 6
------- - --- --- --9
9 3
Transaction information is displayed for one day over all systems depending on the
system ID that you defined on the CICS Feature Main Menu. For each transaction that is
displayed, any existing alert can be accessed or a new alert generated.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
136 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Transaction Information
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
TO
Displays an overview of historical information about the transaction.
AL
Displays the Alert List panel.
AI
Inserts a user alert.
TM
Displays transaction specific module information.
TD
Displays DBRM information for the transaction.
TP
Displays PSB information for the transaction.
Field Descriptions
PSB
Limits the display to the lines containing a PSB name matching this selection value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
DBRMT* displays all PSB s starting with PSB T, such as PSB T001, PSB TABC, and so
on.
Date
Displays the date that the listed information was collected.
The date is in the format yyyy.mm.dd. Change the date to view older/newer dates
(if available). Enter an asterisk as the first character to show the data from the most
recent entries taken into Performance Management Assistant.
System
Limits the display to the lines containing a System name matching the selection
value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
SYSP* displays all systems starting with SYSP, such as SYSP001, SYSPABC, and so on.
For details about how the system name is generated or defined, see the
Administration Guide.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 137
Transaction Information
Column Descriptions
Transaction
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the
transactions run.
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that the transaction was
processing application code only.
The value in this field does not include CPU time spent in systems services or SVCs.
TOT CPU
Displays the cumulative CPU seconds for this transaction during the monitored
period.
AVG CPU
Displays the average CPU time required for this transaction during the monitored
period, which is calculated by dividing the total CPU time by the number of times
the transaction was completed during the monitored period.
Total-SU
Displays the cumulative CPU service units for this transaction during the monitored
period.
AVG-SU
Displays the average CPU service units required for this transaction during the
monitored period.
This value is calculated by dividing the total CPU service units by the number of
times the transaction completed during the monitored period.
TOT RESP
Displays the total time (in seconds) for the transaction to complete processing.
AVG RESP
Displays the average time (in seconds) for the transaction to complete processing.
#TRANS
Displays the number of times this transaction was completed during the monitored
period.
138 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Transaction Information
AS (Alert State)
Displays the alert state in abbreviated format:
O - Open
R - Review
C - Close
Alerts can be viewed by selecting the transaction with line command AL. If the Alert
State column is blank, no alert exists for the transaction.
Number in TX Mod
Displays the number of modules exceeding the thresholds within this transaction.
Number in TX DBs
Displays the number of DBs exceeding the thresholds within this transaction.
Number in TX PSB
Displays the number of PSBs exceeding the thresholds within this transaction.
Transaction History
To display an overview of all available historical information about a transaction, select
a transaction with line command TO to display the Transaction History Overview panel.
By default, the most recent three months of information are displayed. Up to 18 months
of information can be displayed by changing the value in the Show recent months field.
APCGPS11 - PMA - Transaction Overview ----------------------------- Row 1 of 4
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction : TRX1
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: TM - TX specific module info TD - DBRM info TP - PSB info
LC Date
System
CPU% Total-CPU Total-SU Total-Resp #EXEC MOD DB PSB
ACTV%
AVG-CPU AVG-SU AVG-Resp
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.13 CICS0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.12 CICS0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.11 CICS0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.11 CICS0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --******************************* Bottom of data *******************************
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 139
Transaction Information
Historical figures are comparable only if the measurements are done regularly, which
means measurements must always be at the same time of day and using the same
parameters (that is, target sample size and estimated run time).
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
TM
Displays module information that is specific to the selected transaction.
TD
Displays DBRM information that is specific to the selected transaction.
TP
Displays PSB information that is specific to the selected transaction.
Column Descriptions
Transaction
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the
transactions run.
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that the transaction was
processing application code only. The value in this field does not include CPU time
spent in systems services or SVCs.
TOT CPU
Displays the cumulative CPU seconds for this transaction during the monitored
period.
AVG CPU
Displays the average CPU time required for this transa ction during the monitored
period, which is calculated by dividing the total CPU time by the number of times
the transaction was completed during the monitored period.
Total-SU
Displays the cumulative CPU service units for this transaction during the monitored
period.
140 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Transaction Information
AVG-SU
Displays the average CPU service units required for this transaction during the
monitored period.
This value is calculated by dividing the total CPU service units by the number of
times the transaction completed during the monitored period.
TOT RESP
Displays the total time (in seconds) for the transaction to complete processing.
AVG RESP
Displays the average time (in seconds) for the transaction to complete processing.
#TRANS
Displays the number of times this transaction was completed during the monitored
period.
Number in TX Mod
Displays the number of modules exceeding the thresholds within this transaction.
Number in TX DBs
Displays the number of DBs exceeding the thresholds within this transaction.
Number in TX PSB
Displays the number of PSBs exceeding the thresholds within this transaction.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 141
General Module Information
General Module Information
The General Module Information panel is displayed when option 2 is entered on the
CICS Feature Menu.
APCGP002 -- PMA CICS Feature - General Module Information ------ Row 1 from 47
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
:*
Date: 2011.01.15
Commands
: SORT M/SY/C%/L - Module/SYs/aCtv%/Linkdate
Line Commands: MO - Module overview MS - Module statement
LC Module
-- -------DFHSIP
.NUCLEUS
DSNK2DM
DSNIDM
DFHD2EX1
**N/A**
IGC0013
DSNXGRDS
CEEPLPKA
DSNGEDM
DSNBBM
KOCEXEQE
DFHAIP
DFHZCB
DSNSLD1
System
ACTV% Linkdate
-------- ----- ---------CICSSYS1 29.11 2011.07.20
CICSSYS1 2.89
CICSSYS1 1.50 2011.03.17
CICSSYS1 1.31
CICSSYS1 0.58 2011.01.26
CICSSYS1 0.51
CICSSYS1 0.40
CICSSYS1 0.29
CICSSYS1 0.25
CICSSYS1 0.21 2011.03.21
CICSSYS1 0.18
CICSSYS1 0.17 2011.01.14
CICSSYS1 0.14 2011.03.02
CICSSYS1 0.14 2011.03.02
CICSSYS1 0.14 2011.04.17
System: CICSSYS1
16 Module
MB Statements
-- ---------> 6
< 1
> 10
> 10
> 1
<
< 7
>
> 8
> 2
> 4
< 10
< 10
> 1
> 3
The General Module Information panel presents an overview of information about
modules for all (or specific) systems as of the last measurement day.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the pane.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
142 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
General Module Information
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific module that is displayed in the list.
MO
Displays an overview of historical information about the module.
MS
Displays module statements.
Field Descriptions
Module
To reduce the number of modules displayed, enter a specific name or part of a
name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wildcard. For example, entering
A* shows the information of all modules beginning with A. By default, all modules
that are measured during the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
To select a specific date with which you would like to compare the current
information, enter a date. The default date is the last measurement date.
System
The System field contains the name of the system representing the CICS region in
which the transactions run. To display only the information of a certain system,
change the name in the System field on the CICS Feature Menu. For details about
how the System name is generated or defined, see the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
Module
Displays the name of the module.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the module
runs.
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application
Tuner detected that this module was in use.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 143
General Module Information
Linkdate
Displays the linkage date of the module. This information is available only if one of
the following situations is true:
■
The Central Component is used to scan the load libraries containing the online
modules (recommended).
■
You have a separate run of a Central Component job just for searching the
online modules (see step APCXALMO of job APCXJLIB).
See the Administration Guide for details about job APCXJLIB.
16 MB
Displays one of the following symbols that specify whether the module runs above
or below the 16 MB line:
■
> (runs above the 16 MB line)
■
< (runs below the 16 MB line)
Module Statements
Displays the number of module statements that exceed the threshold value.
Module History
To display an overview of all available historical information about a module, select a
module by using line command MO.
APCGP022 -- PMA - General Module Overview ------------------ Row 1 to 25 of 25
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
: IGC0013
Line Commands: MS - Module statement
LC Date
-- ---------2011.01.15
2011.01.14
2011.01.13
System
-------CICSSYS1
CICSSYS1
CICSSYS1
144 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
ACTV% Linkdate
----- ---------0.40
0.35
0.44
Show recent months: 03
16
MB
-<
<
<
Module
Statements
---------7
10
5
General Module Information
Module Statements
To display module statements in descending CPU time order, select a module by using
line command MS.
APCGP201 -- PMA - Module Statements -------------------------- Row 1 to 7 of 7
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
: IGC0013
Date: 2011.01.15
System: CICSSYS1
ACTV%
Starting
location
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total module: 0.40
Threshold : 0.01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0.33
055800
0.01
05BC00
0.01
05BEA0
0.01
05BF20
0.01
05B7C0
0.01
051140
0.01
051420
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Module Statements panel displays the starting addresses of module statements in
descending CPU time order. The top 10 modules statements are listed. Also displayed
are module name, measurement date, and system.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Column Descriptions
CPU time
Displays the total CPU consumption of the statement as a percentage and in
absolute seconds.
Also displayed is the threshold value for module statements. For details about
thresholds, see the Administration Guide.
Starting location
Displays the starting location of the module statements that exceed the threshold
value. Up to ten location addresses are shown.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 145
DBRM - SQL Information
DBRM - SQL Information
The DBRM panel is displayed when option 3 is entered on the CICS Feature Menu.
APCDPDBR ------ PMA CICS Feature - DBRM ---------------------- Row 1 from 2642
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
DBRM
: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Line Commands: DO - DBRM overview
LC DBRM
-- -------BT202B
FC920C
UA176A
UA151A
UA176A
PL666B
TK605A
PL726A
PL872A
QE042B
XHZ56M
UA151A
BT219B
PL858B
System
-------CICP4
CICP0
CICP0
CICP0
CICP1
CICP3
CICP1
CICP0
CICP3
CICP3
CICP3
CICP1
CICP4
CICP3
SS - SQL statements
System: *
TX - TX using the DBRM
Total
Total
Total
Total
ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec SQL# Called CPU/Call RESP/Call
----- --------- --------- ---- ------- --------- --------N/A
12.8898 28.4835 24 245915 0.000052 0.000115
N/A
7.1999 29.8974
3 15535 0.000463 0.001924
N/A
7.1240 56.6788 25
6065 0.001174 0.009345
N/A
6.5962 122.5025 60 32391 0.000203 0.003781
N/A
6.4878 30.6972 26
3588 0.001808 0.008555
N/A
5.0338 21.1689 11
1390 0.003621 0.015229
N/A
4.2706 43.9887 40 61827 0.000069 0.000711
N/A
3.6349
6.5904 21 113549 0.000032 0.000058
N/A
3.4488 21.0710 35
7806 0.000441 0.002699
N/A
3.3996 11.4757
3
18 0.188869 0.637540
N/A
3.1745 17.9664
6 203496 0.000015 0.000088
N/A
3.0409 27.2275 66 12927 0.000235 0.002106
N/A
2.7856 22.1400 28 13688 0.000203 0.001617
N/A
2.7485
4.8168
9 237981 0.000011 0.000020
The DBRM panel presents an overview of DBRMs for all (or specific) systems as of the
last measurement day.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
146 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific DBRM that is displayed in the list.
DO
Displays an overview of historical information about the DBRM.
SS
Displays information about the SQL statements belonging to the DBRM that exceed
threshold values.
TX
Displays the transaction referring to the DBRM.
Field Descriptions
DBRM
To reduce the number of DBRMs displayed, enter a specific name or part of a name.
Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wildcard. For example, enter A* to
display the information for all DBRMs beginning with A. By default, all DBRMs
measured during the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
To choose a specific date with which you would like to compare the display current
information, enter the date. The default date is the last measurement date.
System
The System field contains the name of the s ystem representing the CICS region in
which the DBRM runs. To display only the information of a certain system, change
the name in the System field on the CICS Feature Menu. For details about how the
System name is generated or defined, see the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
DBRM
Name of the DBRM.
System
Name of the system on which this DBRM runs.
ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for all SQL
statements of this DBRM.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 147
DBRM - SQL Information
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for all SQL statements of this DBRM to complete processing.
SQL#
Number of SQL statements running in this DBRM for which Performance
Management Assistant has gathered consumption data from CA Mainframe
Application Tuner.
Total Called
Total number of SQL statements that have been executed from this DBRM during
the measurement period.
CPU/Call
Value of Total CPU sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
RESP/Call
Value of Total RESP sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
DBRM History Information
To display an overview of historical information for a specific DBRM, select a DBRM by
using line command DO.
APCDPDBO ------ PMA CICS Feature - DBRM Overview ------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
DBRM
: BT202B
System: CICP4
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: SS - SQL statements TX - TX using the DBRM
Total
Total
Total
Total
LC Date
ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec SQL# Called CPU/Call RESP/Call
-- ---------- ----- --------- --------- ---- ------- --------- --------2011.01.15 N/A
12.8898 28.4835 24 245915 0.000052 0.000115
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The DBRM Overview panel displays a historical overview of the measurement
information for a specific DBRM.
148 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Panel Elements
To view more or less information for the DBRM, use the Show recent months field to
define the number of months for which information should be displayed.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific DBRM that is displayed in the list.
SS
Displays the SQL statements exceeding the threshold values.
TX
Displays transactions that are using the selected DBRM
Field Descriptions
DBRM
Displays the name of the DBRM.
Show recent months
Displays the number of months entered (if the information is available for the
period entered).
Column Descriptions
Date
Date the measurement was done.
ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for all SQL
statements of this DBRM.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for all SQL statements of this DBRM to complete processing
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 149
DBRM - SQL Information
SQL#
Number of SQL statements running in this DBRM for which Performance
Management Assistant has gathered consumption data from CA Mainframe
Application Tuner.
Total Called
Total number of SQL statements that have been executed from this DBRM during
the measurement period
CPU/Call
Value of Total CPU sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
RESP/Call
Value of Total RESP sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
SQL Statements Exceeding Thresholds
To display SQL statements that exceed the threshold values, sel ect a DBRM by using line
command SS.
APCDPSQO - PMA - CICS Feature DBRM SQL Overview------------- Row 1 to 11 of 19
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Line Commands:
SD -SQL Details
Date : 2011.01.15
System : CICSSYS1
DBRM : TSTD4099
Created:
SO -SQL Statement Overview
DBRM ACTV% :
CPU sec :
RESP sec:
Thresh.%:
28.29
65.4662
118.5100
0.01
Total
Total
Total
LC Action
Stmt# Called ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec
-- -------- ------ ------- ----- --------- --------SELECT
5493
27 16.71 38.6073 53.7437
FETCH
6227
1 6.20 14.3316 39.8550
FETCH
5962
719 3.87
8.9418 10.6731
CPU/Call
--------1.429901
14.331662
0.012436
RESP/Call
--------1.990510
39.855086
0.014844
For each statement, you can see the CPU consumption, the statement number of the
SQL statement, the action and the first part of the actual SQL statement.
If there are cumulative consumption values, the displayed threshold refers to the source
value.
150 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
SD
Displays the SQL statement text, if available .
SO
Displays a historical overview of the selected SQL statement . SQL information is
displayed for one SQL statement and one system ID for all available days.
Field Descriptions
Date
Date the information was collected.
System
Online region where the DBRM was used.
DBRM
DBRM name to which the information belongs.
Created
Creation date of the DBRM,
ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for all SQL
statements of this DBRM
RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for all SQL statements of this DBRM to complete processing.
Thresh.%
Only SQL statement consumption data that exceeded this threshold value was
gathered by Performance Management Assistant from CA Mainframe Application
Tuner.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 151
DBRM - SQL Information
Column Descriptions
Action
Type of call that was issued with this statement.
Stmt#
Number of the unique SQL statement that is contained in a Package or Plan.
Called
Number of times during the measurement session that this SQL statement was
executed.
ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for this SQL
statement.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
CPU/Call
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process each DB2 call for this
SQL statement.
RESP/Call
Average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
152 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
SQL Statement Details
Select an SQL statement by using line command SD from the DBRM SQL Overview panel
to display details about the selected statement.
APCXPSTX
COMMAND ===>
SQL Statement Information
Row 1 to 28 of 28
SCROLL ===> HALF
Date: 2011.01.15 System: PRODCICA DBRM: TEST1234
Total
Total
Total
Action
Stmt# Called ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec CPU/Call RESP/Call
-------- ------ ------- ----- --------- --------- --------- --------FETCH
333 163959 0.20
3.3796
3.9260 0.000020 0.000023
BROWSE
EDIT
*** START OF SQL STATEMENT ***
FETCH
*** END OF SQL STATEMENT ***
*** START OF SQL DECLARE ***
DECLARE
FOR
SELECT
FROM
WHERE
AND
AND
ORDER
INTO
TCDC0970 CURSOR
TC_APPLICATION , SEQUENCE , HARDCODES
TESTT097
COD_ENTITY = : H
PROGRAM = : H
LNG_DATA = : H
BY SEQUENCE DES_NRESFCC , COD_NATCTRY
FLG_EURCTRY , EXCHANGE , LNG_OFDATA ,
LASTMODTRM , DAT_LASTMOD , DES_ENTABR
FLG_FCCCOEXC , FLG_ALL_MULT
: H, :H ,: H, :H , :H ,: H, :
: H, :H ,: H, :H , :H ,: H, :
: H, :H ,: H, :H , :H ,: H, :
: H
, DES_NATCTRY ,
LASTMODUSER ,
, FLG_OFCACC ,
H ,: H, :H ,: H,
H ,: H, :H ,: H,
H ,: H, :H ,: H,
The SQL Statement Information panel shows the performance details of the selected
SQL statement followed by the SQL statement text, if available. For cursor statements,
the SQL Declare statement text will also be shown in, if available.
You can use the BROWSE and EDIT buttons to di splay the statement text in Browse or
Edit mode for further processing.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 153
DBRM - SQL Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
Date
Date the information was collected.
System
Online region where the DBRM was used.
DBRM
DBRM name to which the information belongs.
Action
Type of call that was issued with this statement.
Stmt#
Number of the unique SQL statement that is contained in a Package or Plan.
Called
Number of times during the measurement session that this SQL statement was
executed.
Total ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for this SQL
statement.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
CPU/Call
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process each DB2 call for this
SQL statement (Total CPU Sec / Total Called).
RESP/Call
Average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing
(Total RESP Sec / Total Called).
SQL Statement Text
SQL statement text and corresponding SQL Declare text, if applicable.
154 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
SQL Statement Overview (History)
Select an SQL statement by using line command SO from either the DBRM SQL Overview
panel or the SQL Summary panel to display a historical overview of the selected
statement, as shown following.
APCXPSQH ----- PMA CICS Feature - SQL Overview --------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
DBRM: TSTC4099 System: CICSSYS1
Line Commands: SD - SQL Details
Action: FETCH
STMT#:
6227
Months: 03
TX - TX using the DBRM
Total
Total
Total
LC Date
Called ACTV% CPU sec CPU/Call RESP/Call RESP sec
-- ---------- ------- ----- --------- --------- --------- --------2011.01.03
1 6.20 14.3316 14.3316 39.855086 39.8550
2011.01.02
1 5.20 11.1317 11.1317 37.135021 37.1350
2011.01.01
1 6.40 14.7216 14.7216 40.007991 40.0079
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
SQL information is displayed for one SQL statement and one system ID for all available
days.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
SD
Displays details about the SQL statement, including the SQL statement text, if
available.
TX
Displays information about the transaction that is using the DBRM that contains the
SQL statement
Field Descriptions
DBRM
Name of the DBRM that contains the SQL statement.
System
System name.
Action
Yype of call that was issued with this statement.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 155
DBRM - SQL Information
STMT#
Number of the unique SQL statement that is contained in a Package or Plan.
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range.
The default value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months.
Column Descriptions
Date
Date the measurement was done.
Called
Number of times during the measurement session that this SQL statement was
executed.
Total ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for this SQL
statement.
CPU/Call
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process each DB2 call for this
SQL statement.
RESP/Call
Average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
156 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Transactions that Use the DBRM
To display transactions that use the DBRM, select a DBRM from the DBRM Overview
panel by using line command TX.
APCGP305 ----- PMA - Transactions Using Selected DBRM ------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
DBRM : FT187I
Date: 2011.01.15
System: CICS0009
Transaction DELAY%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FCI2
1.21
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
Transaction
Displays the name of the transaction.
DELAY%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that activity was detected for this
transaction processing the shown DBRM.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 157
PSB - DLI Information
PSB - DLI Information
The PSB panel is displayed when option 4 is entered on the CICS Feature Menu.
APCGP004 -- PMA CICS Feature - PSB -------------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
PSB
:*
Date: 2011.01.15
Commands
: SORT P/SY/C% - Psb/SYs/aCtv%
Line Commands: PO - PSB overview DS - DLI statements
System: CICSSYS1
LC
--
PSB
System
ACTV%
-------- -------- ----XXGMV2M CICSSYS1 0.62
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The PSB panel presents an overview of PSB information for all (or specific) systems as of
the last measurement day.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific PSB that is displayed in the list.
PO
Displays historical information about a specific PSB.
DS
Displays the top 10 DLI statements that are exceeding the thresholds.
158 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
PSB - DLI Information
Field Descriptions
PSB
To filter the PSBs that are displayed, enter a specific PSB name or a generic PSB
name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wildcard. For example, enter A*
to display the information for all PSBs beginning with A. By default, all PSBs
measured during the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
To select a specific date with which you would like to compare the current
information, enter the date. The default date is the last measurement date.
System
The System field contains the name of the system representing the CICS region in
which the transactions run. To display only information from a certain system,
change the name in the System field on the CICS Feature Menu. For details about
how the System name is generated or defined, see the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
PSB name
Displays the name of the PSB.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which this module
runs.
ACTV%
Displays the percent of CPU utilization of the module within the CICS system.
This percentage reflects the total of all CPU time accumulated from all
measurements taken during the time range specified on the System Control panel.
See the Administration Guide for more details about this time range.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 159
PSB - DLI Information
PSB History Information
To display historical information for a specific PSB, select the PSB by using line command
PO.
APCGP042 -- PMA - PSB Overview-------------------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
PSB
: XXGMV2M
Line Commands: DS - DLI statements
Show recent months: 03
LC
--
Date
System
ACTV%
---------- -------- ----2011.01.15 CICSSYS1 0.62
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The PSB Overview panel displays a historical overview of the measurement information
for a specific PSB.
PSB Overview Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
To view more or less information for the PSB, use the Show recent months field to
define the number of months for which information should be displayed.
■
Use line command DS to display the top 10 DLI statements that are exceeding the
thresholds.
160 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Overview of Measurement Reports
DLI Statements
DLI statements that exceed the threshold values can be displayed by selecting one of
the following:
■
A specific PSB by using line command DS on the PSB panel
■
A history record for a PSB by using line command DS on the PSB Overview panel
APCGP204 -- PMA - DLI Statements ----------------------------- Row 1 to 5 of 5
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
PSB
: XXGMV2M
Date: 2011.01.15
System: CICSSYS1
Call ACTV% WAIT% Resource SSA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Threshold
: 0.01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------GHU
0.47 5.80 XX21PART BACKTEST
GHU
4.02 24.54 XX21PART TSTCOUNT
GHU
1.03 9.28 XX21PART TESTINFO
GHU
0.17 0.36 TSTDB1 A1111111
GU
0.01 0.16 XX21PART TESTINFO
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
he DLI Statement panel displays the PSB name, measurement date, system, and the
threshold value for DLI statements. Up to ten DLI s tatements are shown that exceed the
threshold value. Displayed for each statement are the name of the calling transaction,
the CPU and Wait Time consumption (in % of the CICS region and in seconds), resource
and SSA information.
Overview of Measurement Reports
The OVERVIEW option of the CICS Feature Menu displays different chapters of a
measurement report. The default entry is #SJS. However, users can also choose from
the following table of chapters.
Chapter ID
Overview Description
#SJS
Sampler and Job Statistics
#RDC
Resource Demand Chart
#COV
Code View
#DSA
Dataset Activity
#TXV
Transaction View
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 161
Overview of Measurement Reports
#POV
Pool View
#SUM
Summary
#SJS - Sampler and Job Statistics
To display a chapter in the measurement report (Sampler and Job Statistics is used here
for illustration), on the CICS Feature Menu select option 5 and enter the chapter ID (#SJS
is the default chapter). The first page of the chapter is displayed as illustrated following.
APCDP005 CA MAT (R) Meas. - SAMPLER AND JOB STATISTICS ---- Row 1 to 37 of 187
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Object : O O/D/S - Overview/Date/System
Overview: #SJS
Date: 2011.01.15
Direction: F F/B - Forward/Backward
System/Jobname: CICSSYS1/CICS
-- JOB INFORMATION -- ------ JOB STATISTICS ------ --- MONITOR STATISTICS --JOBNAME
STEPNAME
PROCSTEP
PROGRAM
ASID . .
(HEX) .
USER ID
JOB ID .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CICSSYS1
CICS
CICS
DFHSIP
89
0059
TCB TIME . . . . 00:38:01.36 START DATE . .
SRB TIME . . . . 00:00:35.22 START TIME . .
DURATION . . .
ECPU TIME . . . 00:38:36.67
ZAAP TIME . . .
**N/A** OBSERVATIONS:
ELIG ZAAP TIME .
**N/A** FINAL RATE . .
REQUESTED . .
JOB41742 SWAPPED OUT . . 00:00:00.00 USED . . . . .
NON DISP . . . . 00:00:00.00
CICS LEVEL . 6.4.0
LPAR/DIS DELAY . 00:00:00.19 SAMPLES:
DB2 LEVEL . 8.1.0
USED . . . . .
IMS LEVEL . **N/A** CPU SVC UNITS . 58309520
% ACTIVE . . .
MQS LEVEL . **N/A**
% WAIT . . . .
SAP LEVEL . **N/A** EXCP COUNT . . . 233907
USS LEVEL . 1.4.0
EXCP RATE . . . 240.20
AVG TCBS ACT .
WAS LEVEL . **N/A**
< RGN LIM . 11240K
> RGN LIM . 1585M
RGN REQUEST 0M
DYNAMIC LINKLIST:
LNKLST00
< RGN USED HWM . 8644K
> RGN USED HWM . 270M
2011/01/15
10:30:01
00:16:13
160MSEC
6000
6000
34339
39.15
60.85
2.65
CMN HWM USED . 760K
PAGE-INS . . . . 8
PAGE-IN RATE . . 0.00
MONITOR DATA SET CAMAT.MONDS.TESTCICS.T235774.D20110115
The CICS Feature offers a variety of paging alternatives. The normal PF keys for scrolling
forward and backwards can be used. Additionally, the Object field and Direction field
can be used in combination to scroll forwards or backwards through different ob jects.
PF7/ PF8
Pages backward and forward within the actual overview.
162 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
System Information
Object O
Pages through overviews with the same date and same CICS system
Direction: F to page to the next report; B to page to the previous
overview.
Object D
Pages through date with the same overview and same CICS system.
Direction: F to page to the next date; B to page to the previous date.
Order: Date descending—the most recent information is presented
first.
Object S
Pages through CICS systems with the same overview and same date
Direction: F to page to the next CICS system; B to page to the
previous CICS system.
Order: The system names are presented in internal ID order.
System Information
On the CICS Feature Menu, Option 6, SYSTEMS, displays either:
■
System Information panel with CPU values if "Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): C" is defined
(panel APCGP006) See the next panel.
Or
■
System Information panel with WAIT values if "Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): W" is
defined (panel APCGP06W). See the second following panel.
APCGP006 ------ PMA - System Information --------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Date: 2011.01.15
Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): C
Commands
: SORT SY/J - SYstem/Jobname
Line Commands: O - Measurement Overview B - Browse Measurement P - Print
PE - Edit SO - System Overview AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC System
Jobname
Time
Elps
CPU
SRVUs
EXCPs Measurement
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
Samples
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CICS0001 UC01P00A 16.46 01:07:05 00:12:03
10817K
58K
12K
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 163
System Information
APCGP06W -- PMA - System Information ----------------------- Row 1 to 12 of 12
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Date: 2011.01.15
Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): W
Commands
: SORT SY/J - SYstem/Jobname
Line Commands: O - Measurement Overview B - Browse Measurement P - Print
PE - Edit SO - System Overview AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC System
Jobname
Time
Elps
Swap
NonDisp ProcDly
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
------------------------------------------------------------------------------CICPDAY CICP0
9.00 00:26:39 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICPDAY CICP1
9.10 00:19:12 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICPDAY CICP2
9.20 01:26:48 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICPDAY CICP3
9.30 01:18:12 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICPDAY CICP4
9.40 01:05:15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICPDAY CICP6
10.00 00:36:34 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICP0
CICP0
9.00 00:26:39 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICP1
CICP1
9.10 00:19:12 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICP2
CICP2
9.20 01:26:48 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICP3
CICP3
9.30 01:18:12 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICP4
CICP4
9.40 01:05:15 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
CICP6
CICP6
10.00 00:36:34 00:00:00 00:00:00 00:00:06
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The System Information panel presents all CICS measurements that are processed by job
APCYJLNA according to the System Control parameters. For every processed CICS
measurement, the related system is listed. If defined also under System Control, the
measurement can relate to two systems. For more details, see the Administration
Guide.
Use this panel to access or print a system's corresponding performance measurement
report. Additionally, the measurement report can be edited. Editing might be desirable
to add comments, delete lines or sections not to be printed, or temporarily change the
JCL print statements.
System Information Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
To choose a specific date for which you would like to display information, in the
Date field, change the date. The default date is the last measurement date.
■
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the
information is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List
Panels.
■
Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): With value C, the columns CPU, SRVUs, EXCPs and
Measurement Samples are displayed. With value W, the columns Wait, Swapped,
NonDisp.and ProcDly are displayed.
164 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
System Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific system that is displayed in the list.
O
Displays an overview of the measurement reports.
B
Browses the measurement report.
P
Prints the measurement report.
PE
Edits the measurement report.
SO
Displays the System Overview panel with all information for a specific CICS system
for a specific time period.
AN
Interface call to the Analyze Normal function.
This function is only available if the corresponding measurement data set to the
selected entry has not been deleted.
Column Descriptions
System
Displays the system name (either default or user defined) from the System Control
panel.
Jobname
Displays the name of the CICS startup job.
Time
Displays the start time of the measurement.
Consuming Time in Minutes - Elps
Displays the elapsed time of measurement in format hh:mm:ss
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 165
System Information
The following columns are shown if C (for CPU values) is set:
Consuming Time in Minutes - CPU
Displays the total CPU time consumed during measurement in format hh:mm:ss.
SRVUS
Displays the service units consumed during measurement. A K at the end of the
value indicates that the format is in thousands
EXCPs
Displays the EXCPs consumed during measurement. A K at the end of the value
indicates that the format is in thousands.
Measurement Samples
Displays the total samples processed by CA Mainframe Application Tuner during
measurement. A K at the end of the value indicates that the format is in thousands.
The following columns are shown if W (for WAIT values) is set:
Swap
Displays the time consumed during measurement when the TCB is swapped out
from system (format hh:mm:ss).
NonDisp
Displays the time consumed during measurement when the TCB is not dispatched
from system (format hh:mm:ss).
ProcDly
Displays the time consumed during measurement when the processor itself delays
(format hh:mm:ss).
166 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
System Overview
The System Overview panel is displ ayed when a CICS system is selected on the System
Information panel by using line command SO.
APCGP062 ------ PMA - System Overview ------------------------ Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System
: CICS0001
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: O - Measurement Overview B - Browse Measurement P - Print
PE - Edit AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Date
Jobname
Time
Elps
CPU
Wait
EXCPS Measurement
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
Samples
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.01.15 UC01P00A 16.46 01:07:05 00:12:03 00:54:12
58K 12K
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The System Overview panel displays all date-specific information for a specific CICS
system. The Show recent months field can be used to limit the information to the
current month (Show recent months = 01) or to display all information available up to
18 months (Show recent months = 18). The default value for Show recent months is 03
Line commands and columns are the same as those described for the System
Information panel.
In addition the new line command AN is available, which represents the Interface to the
Analyze Normal function. This function is only executable as long as the corresponding
monitor data set has not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter
settings, refer to the "Global measurement data set processing" section of the
Administration Guide.
Alert Management
In CICS, there are hundreds of transactions but not all of these transactions need
performance monitoring. Many transactions, even though they may be high consumers,
only execute occasionally and do not warrant concern.
For each execution of the CICS Feature, important top cons uming transactions can be
identified and alerts issued automatically.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 167
Alert Management
This system works in two steps:
1.
The top number of consuming transactions are identified based on the scope
defined as a parameter, for example, TOP Limit = 10. This parameter is maintained
by your administrator.
2.
Within this TOP Limit, the current execution consumption values of the transactions
are compared to the statistical information maintained for the same transactions
on the database. If the actual consumption exceeds the statistical limits, an alert is
issued automatically (referred to as a statistical alert).
Additionally, the user (APM Team) can manually issue alerts explicitly for transactions
that use the online Alert Management option (referred to as user alerts).
The Alert Management option provides all the information necessary for the APM Team
to manage the alert. Information is provided in the form of state and reason codes that
identify the situation.
How the TOP Limit Works
In order to use the Alert Management option of the CICS Feature, the TO P Limit of work
must be defined. TOP Limit processing works for each defined CICS system in
Performance Management Assistant. It is the last step in the total system management.
The TOP Limit is maintained by the administrator. It can contain a value from 0 to 999. A
value of 0 deactivates the TOP Limit, thus deactivating Alert Management.
Within the TOP Limit (meaning the number defined as a parameter) all transactions of
the current system are observed statistically and, at the end, a runaway test check is
performed. The statistical limits are based on up to eighteen months of stored
interpreted profiles. To determine the TOP consumer and issue alerts, one of two
conditions normally exists:
■
Transaction consumption is static. A standard deviation check i s performed and if
the result indicates an increase in the consumption (runaway), an alert is issued.
■
Transaction consumption is not static. A standard deviation check is performed and
if the result indicates a drastic increase in the consumption (runaway), an alert is
issued.
In a runaway situation, the transaction is added to the Alert file with the state OPEN and
the reason STAT. Alerts can be viewed under the Alert Management dialog.
The range of the statistical observation is limited to one year. For a transaction alert to
be issued, it must have been observed in at least three separate profiles collected
during the period of statisti cal observation.
168 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Transaction Alert List Information
The Alert List panel is displayed when option 7 is entered on the CICS Feature Menu or
when line command AL is used on the Transaction Information panel.
APCDP007 ------- PMA CICS Feature - Alert List - All Issued ---- ROW 1 from 15
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction
Commands
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State: *
SORT T/SY/S/A/D - Tran/System/State/Aid/Date
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
TO -Tran Ov. S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I –Insert
LC Traname
System
State Reason AID Issue Date Al.No.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------VSIB
CICS0002
REV STAT 15353 2011.01.02
1
VSCO
CICS0002
OPEN STAT 15352 2011.01.02
1
VNAF
CICS0002
OPEN STAT 15350 2011.01.02
1
UWGC
CICS0002
OPEN STAT 15349 2011.01.02
1
SH21
CICS0002
OPEN STAT 15348 2011.01.02
1
PN§1
CICS0002
OPEN STAT 15347 2011.01.02
1
IUAQ
CICS0002
OPEN STAT 15345 2011.01.02
1
P140
CICS0001
OPEN STAT 15342 2011.01.02
1
LZ27
CICS0001
OPEN STAT 15340 2011.01.02
1
LZ15
CICS0001
OPEN STAT 15339 2011.01.02
1
LZ14
CICS0001
OPEN STAT 15338 2011.01.02
1
LZ11
CICS0001
OPEN STAT 15337 2011.01.02
1
LZ09
CICS0001
OPEN STAT 15336 2011.01.02
1
If a TOP Limit has been identified, an alert is issued automatically for any transaction
within the TOP Limit that is found to exceed its statistical limits. See the Administration
Guide.
Use the Alert List panel to see an overview of all alerts along with all state codes and
reason codes. The state code identifies the current state of the alert; for example,
whether the alert is open, reviewed, or closed. The reason code identifies why the alert
was issued; that is, statistical limits were exceeded or the user issued the alert.
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the Transaction or State fields as described in
Field Descriptions.
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
REV
View alerts with STATE = REV.
OPEN
View alerts with STATE = OPEN.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 169
Alert Management
ALL
View all alerts.
RECENT
View the most recent occurrence of each alert.
SORT
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the
information is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List
Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction alert that is displayed in
the list.
TO
Displays the Transaction Overview panel.
S
Shows the alert.
R
Permits review and edits for the alert text. The state is changed to REV.
C
Closes an alert. The state is changed to CUSE and can no longer be reviewed.
D
Deletes an alert.
I
Inserts a new alert.
Field Descriptions
Transaction
To control the list of alerts being displayed, enter an actual transaction name or a
generic transaction name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all alerts
for all transactions or to limit the list of alerts to a generic group of transacti ons.
State
To reduce the list of alerts to a specific state, enter the state of the alerts to be
displayed. You can enter a valid state code, the first letter of the state code plus an
asterisk, or an asterisk alone to see all states of alert. Valid state codes are listed in
State Code Descriptions.
170 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Column Descriptions
Traname/System
Displays the specific transaction and system for which the alert is issued.
State
Displays the current state of the alert. Valid state codes are listed in State Code
Descriptions.
Reason
Displays the current reason for the alert. Valid reason codes are listed in Reason
Code Descriptions.
AID
Displays a unique alert identification for each alert.
Issue Date
Displays the date the alert was issued.
Al. No.
Displays the alert number, which is the sequence number of the alert entry created
for this transaction.
For example, Al.No. 3 indicates that it is the third alert that was created for the
selected transaction. If more than one alert exists and you want to delete the alert
for this transaction, each alert must be individually deleted by using line command
D.
State Code Descriptions
State Code
Short
Description
OPEN
Open
An open state indicates a new alert has been opened automatically by
PMA or by a user.
REV
Review
A review state code stops further measurements for the transaction. An open
alert can be changed to REV by selecting the alert with line command R. This
action allows you to review the alert and changes the alert to state code REV.
CLOSE
Closed
A closed state code indicates the completion of an alert process.
Long Description
Reason Code Descriptions
Reason Code
Short
Description
Long Description
USER
User
The alert was issued by a user. See alert text for explanation.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 171
Alert Management
STAT
Statistics
The alert was issued automatically by PMA because the transaction
exceeded its normal statistical limits.
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert
The following panel is displayed as a result of one of these actions:
■
A transaction was selected on the Alert List panel by using line command S or R.
■
Line command I was used on the Alert List panel or line command AI was used on
the Transaction Information panel to insert a user alert for a specific transaction.
APCDP701 USERXX1.APCX.TEMP1 --------------------------------- Columns 001 072
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
SAVE = END command or PF3
CANCEL = CAN command
Transaction System
Al.No. State
AID
VSIB
CICS0002
1 OPEN
15353
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------****** **************************** Top of Data ****************************
000001 2011-01-02 PMA ALERT ID 15353
BY STAT
000002
-----------------------------------------------------------000003
TRANSACTION : VSIB
SYSTEM : CICS0002 PGM : CIC1CIC2
000004
CPU% MEAS : 2.00 AVERAGE :
.95 STD.DEV :
.27
000005
-----------------------------------------------------------****** *************************** Bottom of Data **************************
When selected with S or R this panel details the alert situation for the specific
transaction by displaying all text information that is either created automatically by
Performance Management Assistant or documented by the user.
The alert is identified by the transaction name. Additionally, the number of alerts,
status code, reason codes, identifier, and creation date are listed.
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert Panel
Use this panel to do the following;
■
In Review mode (line command R), you are allowed to edit text up to the maximum
of 102 lines. The alert state is changed to REV when it is reviewed by using line
command R.
■
In Insert mode (line command I or AI), you are allowed to insert a user alert and can
create up to 102 lines of alert text. The alert state is OPEN with reason code USER.
172 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
■
In both Review and Insert modes, the text is saved in the database and is available
anytime for display or for documenting further information. The text is erased if
you use the delete command for the alert on the Alert List panel.
■
To cancel any changes, enter the CAN (cancel) command. Changes in the text is
ignored and the state of the alert is not changed.
Alert List Information - Changed Modules
The Alert List Changed Modules panel is displayed when option 8 is entered on the CICS
Feature Menu or when line command AL is used on the Transaction Information panel.
APCDP008 ------ PMA CICS Feature - Alert List Changed modules - Row 1 from 15
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
Commands
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State: *
SORT M/SY/S/A/D/L/U - Module/System/State/Aid/Date/Linkdate/Uid
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
MO -Mod.Ov. S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I -Insert
LC Module
System
State Reason AID Issue Date Link Date
By (UID)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ASMTDLI
*ONLINE*
PEND MODC
1 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI1 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
2 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI2 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
3 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI3 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
4 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI4 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
5 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI
*ONLINE*
PEND MODC
6 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI1 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
7 2011.01.10 2011.02.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI2 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
8 2011.01.10 2011.02.09 *PMA*
CBLTDLI3 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
9 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI4 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
10 2011.01.26 2011.02.12 *PMA*
The function works similar to the Batch Changed Module processing. The scan process
to detect changes for CICS modules is activated by running job APCCJLMO. If a CICS
module has changed, a pending alert is created. Different from batch, the alerts are
shown based on the module name with the global entry *ONLINE* for the CICS system
name. The alert entries are considered in the next CICS measurement result processing.
The state of a pending alert belonging to a module that was active during the
measurement is changed to OPEN or to CTHR (Closed THResholds). To see more
information about CTHR, see "Defining Thresholds" in the Administration Guide. If the
module was called in different systems, the alert entry is duplicated for each system the
module was active in during the measurement.
Use the Alert List Changed modules panel to see an overview of all alerts along with all
state codes and reason codes. The state code identifies the current state of the alert, for
example, whether the alert is open, reviewed, or closed. The reason code identifies why
the alert was issued; that is, statistical limits were exceeded or the user issued the alert.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 173
Alert Management
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the Transaction or State fields as described
following.
Primary Commands
REV
View alerts with STATE = REV.
OPEN
View alerts with STATE = OPEN
ALL
View all alerts.
RECENT
View the most recent occurrence of each alert.
SORT
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the
information is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List
Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction alert that is displayed in
the list.
TO
Displays the Transaction Overview panel.
S
Shows the alert.
R
Permits review and edit of the alert text. The state is changed to REV.
C
Closes an alert. The state is changed to CUSE and can no longer be reviewed.
D
Deletes an alert.
I
Inserts a new alert.
174 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Field Descriptions
Transaction
To control the list of alerts being displayed, enter an actual transaction name or a
generic transaction name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all alerts
for all transactions or to limit the list of alerts to a generic group of transacti ons.
State
To reduce the list of alerts to a specific state, enter the state of the alerts to be
displayed. You can enter a valid state code, the first letter of the state code plus an
asterisk, or an asterisk alone to see all states of alert.
Valid state codes are described in State Code Descriptions.
Column Descriptions
Traname/System
Displays the specific transaction and system for which the alert is issued.
State
Displays the current state of the alert. See State Code Descriptions for a detailed
description of the valid state codes.
Reason
Displays the current reason for the alert. See Reason Code Descriptions for valid
reason codes.
AID
Displays a unique alert identification is given to each alert.
Issue Date
Displays the date the alert was issued.
Al. No.
Displays the alert number, which is the sequence number of the alert entry that is
created for this module.
For example, Al.No. 3 indicates the third alert that was created for the chosen
module. If more than one alert exists, and you want to delete the alert for this
module, each alert must be individually deleted by using line command D.
State Code Descriptions
State Code
Short
Description
OPEN
Open
Long Description
An open state indicates a new alert has been opened automatically by PMA or by
a user.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 175
Alert Management
REV
Review
A review state code stops further measurements for the transaction. An open
alert can be changed to REV by selecting the alert with command R. This action
allows you to review the alert and changes the alert to state code REV.
CLOSE
Closed
A closed state code indicates the completion of an alert process.
Reason Code Descriptions
Reason Code
Short
Description
Long Description
USER
User
The alert was issued by a user. See alert text for explanation.
STAT
Statistics
The alert was issued automatically by PMA because the transaction exceeded its
normal statistical limits.
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert
The following panel is displayed as a result of one of these actions:
■
A transaction was selected on the Alert List panel by using line command S or R.
■
Line command I was used on the Alert List panel or line command AI was used on
the Transaction Informati on panel to insert a user alert for a specific transaction.
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
SAVE = END command or PF3
CANCEL = CAN command
Module
System
Al.No. State
AID
CBLTDLI2
CICS0003
1 OPEN
8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------********************************* Top of Data **********************************
2011-05-10 PMA ALERT ID 00008
BY MODC
LINK: 2011-01-09
------------------------------------------------------------MODULE : CBLTDLI2 SYSTEM: *ONLINE*
------------------------------------------------------------2011-05-12 PMA ALERT ID 00008
BY MEAS
MEAS-DATE: 2011-11-05
------------------------------------------------------------MODULE: CBLTDLI2 SYSTEM: CICS0003 -CALLED BY
5 TRXMODULE-COUNTS:
2345 CPU %: 1.63 LOADED: ABOVE 16MB
------------------------------------------------------------THRES.-COUNTS:
0 -CPU %: 0.00
REACHED >OPEN<
------------------------------------------------------------******************************* Bottom of Data *******************************
176 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
When selected with S or R this panel details the alert situation for the specific
transaction by displaying all text information that is either created automatically by
Performance Management Assistant or documented by the user.
The alert is identified by the transaction name. Additionally, the number of alerts,
status code, reason codes, identifier, and creation date are listed.
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
In Review mode (line command R), you are allowed to edit text up to the maximum
of 102 lines. The alert state is changed to REV when it is reviewed by using line
command R.
■
In Insert mode (line command I or AI), you are allowed to insert a user alert and can
create up to 102 lines of alert text. The alert state is OPEN with reason code USER.
■
In both Review and Insert modes, the text is saved in the database and is available
anytime for display or for documenting further information. The text is erased if
you use the delete command for the alert on the Alert List panel.
■
To cancel any changes, enter the CAN (cancel) command. Changes in the text is
ignored and the state of the alert is not changed.
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
The SQL Summary panel is displayed when option S is entered on the CICS Feature
Menu.
APCXPSQL - PMA - CICS Feature SQL-Summary -------------------- Row 1 from 1803
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Line Commands: DO -DBRM Overview
SD -SQL Details SO -SQL Overview
DBRM: *
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Total
Total
LC Action Stmt# Called ACTV%
CPU sec CPU/Call RESP/Call DBRM
System
-- ------- ------ ------- ----- --------- --------- --------- -------- -------FETCH
6227
1 6.20
14.3316 14.331662 39.855086 TSTC4099 CICSSYS1
SELECT
5493
27 16.71
38.6073 1.429901 1.990510 TSTC4099 CICSSYS1
SELECT
6328
3 1.47
3.4009 1.133653 2.618793 TSTC4099 CICSSYS1
OPEN
500
1 0.11
0.2770 0.277061 0.606578 TSACBB11 CICSSYS1
The SQL Summary panel provides a central overview about the DB2 activities for all
DBRMs that exceed the threshold value.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 177
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
Panel Elements
To filter the data that is listed on the panel, use the DBRM, Date, or System fields as
described following.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to branch to the DBRM overview panel or to display
detailed information about the specific SQL statement.
DO
Displays the DBRM Overview to the DBRMs listed in the selected line.
SD
Displays details about the selected SQL statement.
SO
Displays a historical overview of the selected SQL statement.
SQL information is displayed for one SQL statement and one system ID for all
available days.
Field Descriptions
PSB
Limits the display to the lines containing a PSB name matching this selection value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
DBRMT* displays all PSB s starting with PSB T, such as PSB T001, PSB TABC, and so
on.
Date
Displays the date that the listed information was collected.
The date is in the format yyyy.mm.dd. Change the date to view older/newer dates
(if available). Enter an asterisk as the first character to show the data from the most
recent entries taken into Performance Management Assistant.
System
Limits the display to the lines containing a System name matching the selection
value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
SYSP* displays all systems starting with SYSP, such as SYSP001, SYSPABC, and so on.
For details about how the system name is generated or defined, see the
Administration Guide.
178 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Action
Displays the SQL action.
TOTAL CPU
Displays the total CPU time in seconds consumed by the SQL statement
CPU-P-CALL
Displays the amount of CPU time in seconds needed by DB2 to process each DB2
call for this SQL statement by using sampling data collected during the
measurement.
AVG RESP
Displays the average time (in seconds) of the SQL statement of this DBRM to
complete processing.
#CALLED
Displays the total number of executed SQLs from this DBRM during the
measurement.
STMT
Displays the SQL statement number
DBRM
Displays the name of the corresponding DBRM.
SYSTEM
Displays the name of the system to which the information belongs.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 179
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary
The DLI Summary panel is displayed when option D is entered on the CICS Feature
Menu.
APCDPDLI -- PMA - CICS Feature DLI-Summary ---------------------- Row 1 from 48
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Line Commands: PO -PSB Overview
PSB: *
DD -DLI Details
Date: 2011.01.15 System: *
LC Act. Resource Total CPU
Total Wait
SSA
PSB
PMA
% abs sec
% abs sec
System
------------------------------------------------------------------------------GU VWTE1P
0.10
0.0 0.19
0.0 VWTE1P02
FB175A CICSA
GU VWTE1P
0.10
0.0 0.19
0.0 VWTE1P02
FB175A CICSB
GU VWTE1P
0.10
0.0 0.19
0.0 VWTE1P02
FB175A CICSSUM
GU TMT1IP
0.08
0.0 0.00
0.0 TMT02G
FC049I CICSA
GU TMT1IP
0.08
0.0 0.00
0.0 TMT02G
FC049I CICSB
GU TMT1IP
0.08
0.0 0.00
0.0 TMT02G
FC049I CICSSUM
GU TMT1NP
0.03
0.0 0.16
0.0 TMT02G
TM503N CICSA
GU TMT1NP
0.03
0.0 0.16
0.0 TMT02G
TM503N CICSB
GU TMT1NP
0.03
0.0 0.16
0.0 TMT02G
TM503N CICSSUM
GHN SHD21P
0.02
0.0 0.08
0.0 SHD21S10
SH707A CICSA
GHN SHD21P
0.02
0.0 0.08
0.0 SHD21S10
SH707A CICSB
GHN SHD21P
0.02
0.0 0.08
0.0 SHD21S10
SH707A CICSSUM
GHU TMT1NP
0.01
0.0 0.03
0.0 TMT01G
TM503N CICSA
GHU TMT1NP
0.01
0.0 0.03
0.0 TMT01G
TM503N CICSB
The DLI Summary panel provides a central overview about the DLI activities for all PSBs
that exceed the threshold value.
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the PSB, Date, or System fields as described in
Field Descriptions.
180 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to branch to the PSB overview panel or to display detailed
information about the specific SQL statement.
PO
Displays the PSB Overview panel for the selected PSB.
DD
Displays the DLI information of the corresponding measurement list if the profile is
still available in the profile cluster.
This line command only works for single systems. For summary systems, that is,
those where all listed consumption values are accumulated from more than one
system, the display of DLI information from a measurement list is not possible.
Field Descriptions
PSB
Limits the display to the lines containing a PSB name matching this selection value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
DBRMT* displays all PSB s starting with PSB T, such as PSB T001, PSB TABC, and so
on.
Date
Displays the date that the listed information was collected.
The date is in the format yyyy.mm.dd. Change the date to view older/newer dates
(if available). Enter an asterisk as the first character to show the data from the most
recent entries taken into Performance Management Assistant.
System
Limits the display to the lines containing a System name matching the selection
value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
SYSP* displays all systems starting with SYSP, such as SYSP001, SYSPABC, and so on.
For details about how the system name is generated or defined, see the
Administration Guide.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 181
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Act.
Displays the DLI Action.
Resource
Displays the DLI resource activated by the DLI action
Total CPU %
Displays the percentage of CPU utilization of the DLI statement.
Total CPU abs sec
Displays the CPU utilization of the DLI statement in absolute seconds.
Total Wait %
Displays the percentage of wait time utilization of the DLI statement.
Total Wait abs sec
Wait time utilization of the DLI statement in absolute seconds
SSA
Displays the DLI segment search argument.
PSB
Displays the name of the corresponding PSB.
PMA System
Displays the name of the system to which the information belongs.
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Option C on the CICS Feature Menu enables you to view SMF information for CICS
transactions.
182 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
How the CICS SMF Feature Works
The CICS SMF Feature needs SMF Type 110 records with subtype 1 (CICS Monitoring).
From these records, Class of Data = 1 (Dictionary) is used for verifying the existence and
locating the offset of the relevant data. Class of Data = 3 (Performance) records contain
one or more transaction-specific data according to the layout found in the dictionary
record. These types of records must be activated and written to SMF data sets.
A dictionary record is created during CICS startup and it is relevant for that specific run.
Every single CICS system on every single startup can contain a different layout of
transaction performance information; however, this should not be the normal situation
A change in layout normally occurs when the CICS version is changed. The layout
depends on the definition of the Monitoring Control Table (MCT).
Starting with the CICS SMF Feature for a specific CICS system is only possible after the
startup of the region. Performance Management Assistant stores a dictionary
information record containing the timestamp and processes only those transaction
performance records after the stored timestamp
Every time Performance Management Assistant recognizes a new dictionary record for a
specific CICS system, the information about the relevant fields is compared to the stored
information. If there are no changes, the new dictionary record is ignored. When there
are changes in the dictionary, Performance Management Assistant stores a new
dictionary information record containing the new timestamp. All records after the
timestamp are processed with the new layout, where older ones are processed with the
layout for this specific time period. This assures the correct functionality even when
SMF datas ets are not processed in the correct time sequence.
The CICS SMF Features uses the following fields from the Monitor Control Table:
Performance
Group
Informal Name
Description
DFHTASK
TRAN
Name of the transaction
DFHTASK
TTYPE
Start type of the transaction
DFHCICS
START
Time that the user task was attached
DFHCICS
STOP
Time that the user task was detached
DFHDATA
IMSREQCT
Number of IMS (DBCTL) requests that were
issued by the user task
DFHDATA
DB2REQCT
Number of DB2 (EXEC SQL and IFI) requests
that were issued by the user task
DFHTASK
USRDISPT
Total elapsed time that the user task was
dispatched
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 183
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Performance
Group
Informal Name
Description
DFHTASK
USRCPUT
Processor time that the user task was
dispatched
DFHTASK
SUSPTIME
Total elapsed time that the user task was
suspended by the dispatcher
All of these fields must be included on every CICS system that is used for the CICS SMF
Feature.
Use the following steps to create the data contents for the CICS SMF Feature:
1.
Extract the necessary information from SMF data sets to a temporary file (Module
APCCASDI).
2.
Sort the temporary files by CICS system, transaction, and start time.
3.
Process the sorted file and aggregate the detail information (module APCCASSA - at
this time with 96 fixed intervals of 15 minutes (00:00 to 00:15, 00:15 to 00:30 and
so on).
4.
Sort aggregated detail information file.
5.
Process the sorted file to create final record structures and store all records onto
the data cluster (module APCCASSB).
Transaction SMF Information
The CICS Transaction SMF Information Menu is displayed when option C is entered on
the CICS Feature Menu.
APCDPSMF -- PMA - CICS Feature SMF information ------------------ Release 8.5
OPTION ===>
SYSTEM: *
1 TRX
2 SYSTEM
X or END
- TRX Total Overview
- SYSTEM Total Overview
- Leave panel
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
CICS is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corp.
184 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
To select options on the CICS Feature Tansaction SMF Information Menu, type one of
the following numbers in the OPTION field and press Enter:
■
1 - TRX Total Overview shows information about all transactions of all systems for
one day.
■
2 - SYSTEM Total Overview shows information about all systems for one da y.
Transaction Totals per Day
The Transaction Totals per Day panel is displayed when option 1 is entered on the CICS
Transaction SMF Information Menu.
APCDPSTT ----- PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Totals per Day (S Row 1 from 712
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Tran: *
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15 (Format YYYY.MM.DD)
Line Commands: S - Details
O - Overview
: TS - TRX Call Statistics
LC Tran
-- -------TRX1
TRX2
TRX3
I - Intervals
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
System
Exec# ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------- ---------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------CICSAPC
2
0.0003 00:00:00.0006
0.0004 00:00:00.0008
CICSAPC
1
0.0141 00:00:00.0141
0.3115 00:00:00.3115
CICSAPC
86
0.1626 00:00:13.9852 84.5512 02:01:11.4060
Transaction totals per day information is displayed for one day over all transactions of
all systems depending on the transaction and system ID that you defined on the panel.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 185
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
S
Displays details of the selected transaction.
O
Displays an overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction and system
I
Displays the SMF interval values of the selected transaction.
TS
Displays the call statistics for the selected transaction.
Field Descriptions
Tran
Use the Transaction field to limit the number of transactions that are displayed by
typing a transaction name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, A* displays the information about all transactions that begin with A. By
default, all transactions of the last measurement date are displayed.
System
The System field contains the name of the system that represents the CICS region in
which the transactions run. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, CICSP* displays the information about all transactions that begin with
CICSP. By default, all systems of the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the most recent measurement date.
Column Descriptions
Tran
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the
transaction runs.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction.
186 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places,
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
Transaction Total Details
You can access the Transaction Total Details panel by using line command S from either
of the following panels:
■
Transaction Totals per Day panel
■
Transaction Overview panel
APCDPSDE ------ PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Total Details (SMF) -----------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
TRAN: SDST
System: CICSGE01
Date: 2011.01.15
Exec#:
75336
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Elapsed
CPU
Wait
-------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
#DB2 REQ #IMS REQ
-------- --------
Total
13:13:22.95820
02:13:09.08785
04:53:46.87652
20110993
0
Average
00:00:00.63187
00:00:00.10604
00:00:00.23397
266
0
Minimum
00:00:00.00198
00:00:00.00124
00:00:00.00022
0
0
Maximum
00:09:38.48564
00:03:00.25536
00:01:02.14400
1239673
0
The Transaction Total Details panel displays detailed information about one transaction.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 187
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
TRAN
Displays the name of the selected transaction.
System
Displays the CICS system region name where the selected transaction runs
Date
Displays the date of the selected transaction in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and maximum values for the
selected transaction.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
Wait
Displays the wait time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
#DB2 REQ
Displays the number of DB2 requests for the selected transacton.
#IMS REQ
Displays the number of IMS requests for the selected transacton.
188 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Transaction Overview
Use line command O from the Transaction Totals per Day panel to access the
Transaction Overview panel.
APCDPSTH --- PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Overview (SMF) --- Row 1 to 4 of 4
COMMAND ===>
Tran: TRX3
SCROLL ===> HALF
System: CICSPMA
Line Commands: S - Details
Show recent months: 03
TS - TRX Call Statistics
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
LC Date
System
Exec# ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------2011.09.06 CICSPMA
86
0.1626 00:00:13.9852 84.5512 02:01:11.4060
2011.09.05 CICSPMA
63
0.1559 00:00:09.8227 68.8478 01:12:17.4148
2011.09.04 CICSPMA
7
0.2252 00:00:01.5768 169.9090 00:19:49.3630
2011.08.31 CICSPMA
9
0.2212 00:00:01.9908 203.6020 00:30:32.4182
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Transaction Overview panel lists all occurences of one specific transaction in one
specific system region for the most recent months.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with the transaction on a specific date that is
displayed in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the transaction on the selected date.
TS
Displays the call statistics for the selected transaction.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 189
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Field Descriptions
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range. The default
value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Date
Displays the date of the transaction in yyyy.mm.dd format
System
displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the
transaction runs.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction in the system region.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time per transaction execution in seconds (with 4 decimal
places).
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of all transaction executions in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time per transaction execution in seconds (with 4
decimal places).
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of all transaction executions in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
format.
190 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Transaction Call Statistics
You can access the Transaction Call Statistics panel by using line command TS from
either of the following panels:
■
Transaction Totals per Day panel
■
Transaction Overview panel
APCDPTCS ----- PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Call Statistics (SMF) ----------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Tran: TRX3
System: CICSPMA Date: 2011.01.15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Minimum at 09:50:54.27
Exec#:
86
Maximum at 12:22:49.51
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total
Average
Minimum
Maximum
---------------------- --------------- --------------- --------------Elapsed
02:01:11.40608 00:01:24.55123 00:00:00.55057 00:09:24.42612
CPU
00:00:13.98528 00:00:00.16261 00:00:00.02131 00:00:00.52505
# TRX Calls with CPU Time
----------------------------------0 < 0.005 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.01 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.02 ( 0.00%)
2 < 0.03 ( 2.33%)
0 < 0.05 ( 0.00%)
10 < 0.10 ( 11.63%)
74 >= 0.10 ( 86.05%)
# TRX Calls with Elapsed Time
---------------------------------0 < 0.05 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.1 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.2 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.3 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.5 ( 0.00%)
2 < 1.0 ( 2.33%)
84 >= 1.0 ( 97.67%)
The Transaction Call Statistics panel provides information about the CPU time and
elapsed time distribution for the number of transaction executions.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
Tran
Displays the name of the selected transaction.
System
Displays the CICS system region name where the selected transaction runs.
Date
Displays the date of the selected transaction in yyyy.mm.dd format.
Exec#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 191
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Minimum at
Displays the time that the minimum activity occured in the system region in
hh:mm:ss.th format.
Maximum at
Displays the time that the maximum activity occured in the system region in
hh:mm:ss.th format.
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and maximum values for the
selected transaction.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
The following columns display the CPU and elapsed time distribution of transaction
executions.
# TRX Calls with CPU Time
Displays the following values, where n=the number of executions:
■
n < 0.005: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.005 seconds
■
n < 0.01: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.01 seconds
■
n < 0.02: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.02 seconds
■
n < 0.03: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.03 seconds
■
n < 0.05: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.05 seconds
■
n < 0.10: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.10 seconds
■
n >= 0.10: number of executions with a CPU consumption >= 0.10 seconds
# TRX Calls with Elapsed Time
Displays the following values, where n=the number of executions:
■
n < 0.05: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.05 seconds
■
n < 0.1: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.1 seconds
■
n < 0.2: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.2 seconds
■
n < 0.3: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.3 seconds
■
n < 0.5: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.5 seconds
■
n < 1.0: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 1.0 seconds
■
n >= 1.0: number of executions with Elapsed Time >= 1.0 seconds
192 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Transaction Intervals
Use line command I from the Transaction Totals per Day panel to access the Transaction
Interval Information panel.
APCDPSIV PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Interval Information -- Row 1 from 96
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Tran: SDST
System: CICSGE01 Date: 2011.01.15 Intvl Size: 00:15
(YYYY.MM.DD)
(hh:mm)
Line Commands: S - Details
LC System
-- -------CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
CICSGE01
O
- Overview
Intvl
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
Start
Exec# ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
----- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------00:00
468
0.009386 00:00:04.3927
0.219913 00:01:42.9195
00:15
349
0.010208 00:00:03.5625
0.240213 00:01:23.8344
00:30
297
0.009259 00:00:02.7499
0.209761 00:01:02.2990
00:45
324
0.009331 00:00:03.0234
0.252089 00:01:21.6771
01:00
438
0.008993 00:00:03.9389
0.259145 00:01:53.5056
01:15
477
0.009210 00:00:04.3934
0.255070 00:02:01.6684
01:30
474
0.009244 00:00:04.3821
0.261413 00:02:03.9100
01:45
491
0.009401 00:00:04.6161
0.249885 00:02:02.6938
02:00
456
0.009603 00:00:04.3791
0.247511 00:01:52.8651
02:15
502
0.009597 00:00:04.8177
0.249955 00:02:05.4775
02:30
470
0.009768 00:00:04.5911
0.236771 00:01:51.2827
02:45
511
0.009418 00:00:04.8130
0.247345 00:02:06.3933
03:00
453
0.009052 00:00:04.1008
0.252858 00:01:54.5450
The Transaction Interval Information panel gives you a central overview of all the
transaction intervals of one specific transaction and system region on a single day. This
data is provided by SMF records (type 110).
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 193
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction interval that is displayed
in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the selected transaction interval.
O
Displays an overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction interval.
Field Descriptions
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the most recent measurement date
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the
transaction runs.
Intvl Start
Displays the start time of the transaction interval in the format hh:mm
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction during the interval.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
194 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Transaction Interval Overview
Use line command O from the Transaction Totals per Day panel to access the
Transaction Interval Overview panel.
APCDPSIH PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Interval Overview - Row 1 to 13 of 46
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Tran: SDST
System: CICSGE01 Interval start : 00:00 (hh:mm)
Interval length: 00:15 (hh:mm)
Line Commands: S - Details
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
LC Date
Exec# ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- ---------- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------2011.01.18
468
0.009386 00:00:04.3927
0.219913 00:01:42.9195
2011.01.17
486
0.009441 00:00:04.5883
0.242706 00:01:57.9551
2011.01.16
551
0.009441 00:00:05.2023
0.240779 00:02:12.6694
2011.01.15
516
0.008769 00:00:04.5252
0.241421 00:02:04.5734
2011.01.14
466
0.009472 00:00:04.4141
0.226791 00:01:45.6846
2011.01.13
353
0.009170 00:00:03.2370
0.243809 00:01:26.0648
2011.01.12
980
0.009577 00:00:09.3864
0.249261 00:04:04.2758
2011.01.11
433
0.009513 00:00:04.1192
0.190295 00:01:22.3979
2011.01.09
496
0.008992 00:00:04.4601
0.250448 00:02:04.2226
2011.01.08
420
0.008592 00:00:03.6087
0.254574 00:01:46.9214
2011.01.07
459
0.009648 00:00:04.4285
0.230359 00:01:45.7348
2011.01.06
452
0.009548 00:00:04.3158
0.221339 00:01:40.0455
2011.01.05
493
0.009688 00:00:04.7766
0.253984 00:02:05.2143
The Transaction Interval Overview panel lists all occurenc es of one specific transaction
interval of one specific transaction and system region during the most recent months.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with the specified transaction interval on each of
the dates that are displayed in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the single transaction interval on the selected
date
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 195
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Field Descriptions
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range. The default
value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Date
Displays the date of the transacti on interval in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction during the interval.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
196 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Transaction Interval Details
You can access the Transaction Interval Details panel by using line command S from
either of the following panels:
■
Transaction Totals per Day panel
■
Transaction Interval Overview panel
APCDPSDE ------ PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Interval Details (SMF) --------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
TRAN: SDST
System: CICSGE01
Date: 2011.01.15
Exec#:
468
TIME: 00:00:00 DURATION: 00:15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Elapsed
CPU
Wait
-------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
#DB2 REQ #IMS REQ
-------- --------
Total
00:01:42.91952
00:00:04.39272
00:01:32.33208
28480
0
Average
00:00:00.21991
00:00:00.00938
00:00:00.19729
60
0
Minimum
00:00:00.00326
00:00:00.00196
00:00:00.00059
1
0
Maximum
00:00:00.96443
00:00:00.08971
00:00:00.45275
440
0
The Transaction Interval Details panel displays detailed information about one
transaction interval.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
TRAN
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the CICS system region name where the transaction runs.
Date
Displays the date of the transaction interval in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region that occurred during
the interval.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 197
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
TIME
Displays the start time of the interval in hh:mm:ss format.
DURATION
Displays the duration (length) of the interval in hh:mm format.
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and average values for the
transaction interval.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time of the transacton interval in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time of the transacton interval in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
Wait
Displays the wait time of the transacton interval in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
#DB2 REQ
Displays the number of DB2 requests for the transacton interval.
#IMS REQ
Displays the number of IMS requests for the transacton interval.
198 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
SMF System Information
The SMF System Information panel is displayed when option 2 is entered on the CICS
Transaction SMF Information Menu.
APCDPSSI ------ PMA CICS Feature - SMF System Information ------ Row 1 from 50
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Line Commands: S - Detail information
(Format YYYY.MM.DD)
O - Overview
T - Transactions
Number
Trans
Total CPU Total Elapsed
Total Wait
LC System
Trans
Called hh:mm:ss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- -------- -------- ---------- ------------- ------------- ------------CICSALD5
208
5654 00:05:18.3680 79:19:36.7832 78:54:07.7208
CICSALE1
100
21426 00:11:28.2964 50:29:14.0822 46:35:31.4911
CICSALE2
116
3660 00:03:00.1487 38:44:37.3512 38:23:07.8360
CICSALP1
605
1901734 07:12:38.8268 23:16:58.9988 83:50:24.0388
CICSALP3
330
46123 00:09:27.4499 30:41:51.0994 30:10:34.2677
CICSALP4
9
225 00:00:00.1056 23:35:35.3384 00:00:00.0656
CICSALP6
200
4455 00:01:20.6186 41:08:53.0020 40:50:32.9463
CICSALS1
411
121683 00:32:23.4186 59:03:43.1751 56:23:07.4227
CICSALT2
215
8317 00:02:48.5364 30:28:18.9676 30:06:28.4394
CICSALT4
128
2824 00:02:23.5472 37:51:38.9917 37:36:29.1974
CICSALT5
42
1794 00:00:32.1526 36:45:22.3260 36:42:40.0230
CICSAOR1
182
143928 00:04:28.1778 17:26:09.4468 17:18:11.3051
CICSAOR2
88
60114 00:01:29.8815 42:43:44.9268 42:41:09.8956
CICSAOR3
67
86456 00:02:39.1497 65:20:41.3823 65:15:20.0574
The SMF System Information panel displays values for one day over all systems,
depending on the system ID that you defined on the panel.
Panel Elements
This sectio describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 199
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
S
Details of the selected transaction.
O
Overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction and system.
T
.
Displays information about all transactions of the selected system and
Field Descriptions
System
The System field contains the name of the system that represents the CICS region in
which the transactions run. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, CICSP* displays the information about all transa ctions that begin with
CICSP. By default, all systems of the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the last measurement date.
Column Descriptions
System
Displays the name of the system that represents the CICS region.
Number Trans
Displays the number of transactions in the system.
Trans Called
Displays the number of calls of all transactions in the system
Total CPU hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Displays the total CPU time of the system
Total Elapsed hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Displays the total elapsed time of the system.
Total Wait hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Displays the total wait time of the system.
200 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
System Details
You can access the System Details panel by using line command S from either of the
following panels:
■
SMF System Information panel
■
SMF System History panel
APCDPSDE ------ PMA CICS Feature - System Details (SMF) ----------------------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: CICSALP1
Date: 2011.01.15
Exec#: 1682064
#TRX:
602
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Elapsed
CPU
Wait
-------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
#DB2 REQ #IMS REQ
-------- --------
Total
50:30:38.32624
06:20:02.26150
30:07:32.72468
96107079
0
Average
00:00:00.10810
00:00:00.01355
00:00:00.06447
116
0
Minimum
00:00:00.00017
00:00:00.00004
00:00:00.00000
0
0
Maximum
00:31:27.51115
00:00:24.18600
00:31:27.51105
67270
0
The System Details panel displays detailed information about one system.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
System
Displays the CICS system region name.
Date
Displays the date in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region.
#TRX
Displays the number of invoked transactions in the system region.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 201
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, mini mum, and average values for the
system.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
Wait
Displays the wait time in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
#DB2 REQ
Displays the number of DB2 requests.
#IMS REQ
Displays the number of IMS requests.
202 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
SMF System History
Use line command O from the SMF System Information panel to access the SMF System
History panel.
APCDPSSH ------ PMA CICS Feature - SMF System History ------ Row 1 to 14 of 57
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: CICSALP1
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: S - Detail information
Number
LC Date
Trans
-- ---------- -------2011.01.18
602
2011.01.17
622
2011.01.16
605
2011.01.15
162
2011.01.14
174
2011.01.13
591
2011.01.12
589
2011.01.11
599
2011.01.10
596
2011.01.09
604
2011.01.08
129
2011.01.07
170
2011.01.06
607
2011.01.05
605
Trans
Called
---------1682064
1353717
1901734
414425
635391
1723230
1804995
1690007
1746918
1921488
435998
645289
1891466
2124938
T – Transactions
Total CPU
hhh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------------06:20:02.2615
05:23:47.7018
07:12:38.8268
01:09:10.6394
01:46:38.1863
06:27:28.1292
07:11:12.1012
06:49:53.7597
07:08:59.4414
07:31:54.7061
01:09:14.2863
01:35:56.4460
06:10:48.6399
07:15:38.6994
Total Elapsed
hhh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------------50:30:38.3262
50:37:07.5322
123:16:58.9988
49:37:59.8068
56:44:16.1997
58:46:47.9099
62:17:05.9409
72:45:13.0127
91:29:17.4368
76:34:08.6242
80:36:54.7601
63:06:03.2274
32:42:11.1980
49:14:28.9464
Total Wait
hhh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------------30:07:32.7246
30:08:30.8057
83:50:24.0388
46:46:53.6621
46:36:32.9160
33:21:45.4000
34:29:32.9529
41:15:17.5068
55:21:51.4778
46:20:17.6080
77:32:38.5047
47:17:00.5027
08:49:57.8594
18:11:39.6976
The SMF System History panel lists all occurences of one specific CICS system region
during the most recent months.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 203
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with the specified CICS system region on each of
the dates that are displayed in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the single CICS system region on the selected
date.
T
Displays all transactions that belong to the CICS system region on the selected date.
Field Descriptions
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range. The default
value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Date
Displays the date in yyyy.mm.dd format.
Number Trans
Displays the number of transactions in the system.
Trans Called
Displays the number of calls of all transactions in the system.
Total CPU
Displays the total CPU time of the system in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format
Total Elapsed
Displays the total elapsed time of the system in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Total Wait
Displays the total wait time of the system in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
204 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
SMF Transaction Totals Per Day
You can access the SMF Transaction Totals Per Day panel by using line command T from
either of the following panels:
■
SMF System Information panel
■
SMF System History panel
APCDPSTT ------ PMA CICS Feature - Transaction Totals per Day Row 4 from 4167
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Tran: *
System: CICSALP1 Date: 2011.01.15 (Format YYYY.MM.DD)
Line Commands: S - Details
LC Tran
-- -------XX02
M710
XX11
XX03
PE98
B401
PE29
BX22
BWA1
XX05
Q1ED
B402
B501
BX11
O - Overview
I - Intervals
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
System
Exec# ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------- ---------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------CICSALP1
271010
0.0142 01:04:29.6772
0.0436 03:17:13.8334
CICSALP1
94411
0.0284 00:44:43.0516
0.1514 03:58:18.8601
CICSALP1
99907
0.0125 00:20:56.5476
0.0689 01:54:51.9390
CICSALP1
95132
0.0130 00:20:39.1095
0.0784 02:04:23.7943
CICSALP1
116190
0.0090 00:17:34.4176
0.0307 00:59:38.0581
CICSALP1
49040
0.0183 00:14:58.5383
0.0724 00:59:14.2921
CICSALP1
24997
0.0317 00:13:14.6123
0.1517 01:03:13.8427
CICSALP1
28818
0.0250 00:12:02.9946
0.0665 00:31:58.6799
CICSALP1
298
1.8706 00:09:17.4567
7.8695 00:39:05.1117
CICSALP1
13695
0.0341 00:07:47.6251
0.1331 00:30:23.7065
CICSALP1
20945
0.0194 00:06:47.7444
0.0776 00:27:05.9680
CICSALP1
43940
0.0086 00:06:19.8258
0.0301 00:22:03.0617
CICSALP1
16134
0.0212 00:05:43.3612
0.1043 00:28:03.4275
CICSALP1
22261
0.0143 00:05:20.1724
0.0483 00:17:55.9078
Transaction totals per day information is displayed for one day over all transactions of
all systems depending on the transaction and system ID that you defined on the panel.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 205
SMF Information for CICS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
S
Displays details of the selected transaction.
O
Displays an overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction and system.
I
Displays the SMF interval values of the selected transaction
Field Descriptions
Tran
Use the Transaction field to limit the number of transactions that are displayed by
entering a transaction name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card;
for example, A* displays the information about all transactions that begin with A.
By default, all transactions of the last measurement date are displayed.
System
The System field contains the name of the system that represents the CICS region in
which the transactions run. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, CICSP* displays the information about all transactions that begin with
CICSP. By default, all systems of the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the most recent measurement date
Column Descriptions
Tran
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the CICS region in which the
transaction runs.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction in the system region.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
206 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
With job APCCJEXP, data that is stored within the CICS Feature can be exported for use
in other systems; for example, EXCEL or SAS. The data is exported from the database to
a sequential file that can be used in other systems or downloaded to the PC.
The following example illustrates the JCL for the APCCJEXP job.
//jobcard.....
//*==================================================================*
//* JOB TO EXTRACT INFORMATION FROM CICS POOL
*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//*==================================================================*
//APCDATAB EXEC PGM=APCDATAB
//STEPLIB
DD DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD,DISP=SHR
//APCIPRO1 DD DSN=DUMMY,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCCPRO1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSCIC,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCIN
DD DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCCCEXP),DISP=SHR
//APCTAB
DD SYSOUT=*
The scope of the data to be exported is defined within this job by using input
parameters in member APCCCEXP of the product CNTL library. The information to be
exported is specific to transactions, modules, plans, and PSBs. To assist you in using this
information after it has reached its destination, the following record layout illustrations
are provided. Each field of the record is separated by a semicolon delimiter.
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 207
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
Transaction Record
The following example shows the record layout for the export file:
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;TXNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;CPU ABS/TX;CALLS;SERV.TIME;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;T;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN;NNN.NN;NNNNNNN;NN.NN;
Module Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;MODULNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;CPU ABS/CALL;CALLS;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;M;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN;NNN.NN;NNNNNNN;
Plan Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;PLANNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;D;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN;
PSB Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;MODULNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;;;WAIT %;TXNAME;PSB;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;P;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN; ; ;00.00;XXXXXXXX;XXXXXXXX;
The following table explains each of the valid APCCCEXP parameters:
APCCCEXP Parameters
Optional/Required
Meaning
DATE FROM YYYYMMDD=
required
The beginning date from which all data is exported
DATE TO YYYYMMDD=
optional
All data through this date is exported
Default: Until Last Entry
SUBSYSTEM=
optional
Subsystem
Default: CICS
SUBID=
optional
Internal system ID
Default: all subsystem IDs
SYSNAME=
optional
Name of the system defined in PMA
Either SUBID or SYSNAME can be used.
(See the Administration Guide.)
INFOTYPE=
optional
Type of data to be exported:
T— Transaction records
M— Program records
D— DB2 plan data
P— PSB records (DLI)
Default: all types of data
208 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
The following example shows the input to APCCCEXP member:
DATE FROM YYYYMMDD=20100101
DATE
TO YYYYMMDD=20101001
SUBSYSTEM=CICS
Chapter 6: Using the CICS Feature 209
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature
This chapter describes how to use the ISPF panels of the IMS Feature and how to export
its information.
The following graphic illustrates how the System Control of the IMS Feature works.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 211
Export CICS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
The following flowchart in illustrates the layout of the ISPF panels that allow you to
perform the online functions of the IMS Feature.
Panel hierarchy of the IMS Feature
212 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
IMS Feature Menu
This section contains the following topics:
IMS Feature Menu (see page 213)
Global Print JCL (see page 215)
Transaction Information (see page 216)
General Module Information (see page 221)
DBRM - SQL Information (see page 225)
PSB - DLI Information (see page 236)
Overview of Measurement Reports (see page 240)
System Information (see page 242)
Alert Management (see page 245)
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary (see page 256)
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary (see page 259)
Execution Details for IMS Transactions (see page 261)
Export IMS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP (see page 285)
IMS Feature Menu
The IMS Feature is accessed by starting REXX procedure PMA and selecting the IMS
Feature option.
APCGP000 ------ PMA --- IMS Feature Menu ---------------------- Release 8.5
OPTION ===>
SYSTEM: *
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S
D
I
T
X
PARAMETERS
TRANSACTIONS
MODULES
DBRM/DB2 Plan
PSBS
OVERVIEWS
SYSTEMS
ALERTS TRX
ALERTS PGM
SQL Summary
DLI Summary
IMS INFO
TUTORIAL
or END
-
Define User Specific Jobcard
Transaction Info
General Module Info
DBRM Information
PSB Information
CA MAT Measurement Extractions #SJS
System Info
Alert Management TRX
Alert Management CHANGED MODULES
SQL Information
DLI Information
IMS Transaction Information
Obtain PMA Help
End IMS Feature
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
IMS is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corp.
To request information for a specific IMS system, enter the name in the SYSTEM field.
Otherwise, to show all available information of all measured systems, use the default
generic value * in the SYSTEM field.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 213
IMS Feature Menu
After defining the IMS system, select options on the IMS Feature Menu by typing one of
the following numbers in the OPTION field and pressing Enter .
0
Define a user specific jobcard for printing. For details about all other system
parameters, see the Administration Guide.
1
Display an overview of all available transaction information as of the last
measurement day.
2
Display an overview of all available module information as of the last
measurement day.
3
Display an overview of all available DB2® plan and SQL information as of the last
measurement day.
4
Display an overview of all available DLI information as of the last measurement
day.
5
Display and work with different reports. Corresponding to the OVERVIEWS
option is an input field that allows you to ask for a specific report overview. The
default is #SJS.
6
Display the System Overview panel.
7
View all issued alerts.
8
View alerts issued for changed modules only.
S
Display a list of the SQL statements exceeding the thresholds.
D
Display a list of the DLI statements exceeding the thresholds.
The following table lists the reports and their corresponding identifiers:
Chapter ID
Overview Description
#SJS
Sampler and job statistics
#RDC
Resource demand chart
#COV
Code view
#DSA
Dataset activity
#TXV
Transaction view
#POV
Pool view
#SUM
Summary
214 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Global Print JCL
To use the OVERVIEWS option
1.
In the OPTION field, type 5.
2.
Type the general report identifier in the corresponding overview input field.
3.
Press Enter.
Global Print JCL
The Global Print JCL panel is displayed when you choose 0 on the IMS Feature Menu.
APCXPP01 --- PMA - Global Print JCL ------------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Enter your user specific JCL statements used in all PMA
features for Print:
//JOBNAMEX
//*
//PRINT
//SYSIN
//SYSPRINT
//SYSUT2
//SYSUT1
JOB (12345),’PMA 8.5 Print’,CLASS=X,MSGCLASS=X
EXEC
DD
DD
DD
DD
PGM=IEBGENER
DUMMY
SYSOUT=*
SYSOUT=*
*
Cancel: CAN
Save : END OR PF3
In order to use the print command of Performance Management Assistant, you must
have complete and correct JCL statements for the print job.
Global Print JCL Panel
In the lines provided on this panel, define your print job statements . These statements
can include the following information:
■
Job card
■
Local printer
■
Specific SYSOUT classes
■
Print formats
After the print job is defined, the print job JCL is used by all features (Central
Component, CICS Feature, and IMS Feature). This JCL is stored in your individual TSO
user profile pool. If you do not save the input to this panel by exiting with PF3 or END,
the profile pool is not loaded.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 215
Transaction Information
Transaction Information
The Transaction Information panel is displayed when option 1 is entered on the IMS
Feature Menu.
APCGPS01 - PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Information --------- Row 1 from 240
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction
:*
Date: 2011.01.15
System: *
Line Commands: TO - TX overview AL Alert list AI Alert insert
TM - TX specific module info TD - DBRM info TP - PSB info
LC TRAN
-- -------TRX1
-- -------TRX2
-- -------TRX3
-- -------TRX4
System
CPU% Total-CPU Total-SU Total-RESP
ACTV%
AVG-CPU AVG-SU AVG-RESP
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 1.100 73.766000 1342744 0.000000
6.147166 111895 0.000000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 3.550 238.063000 4333403 0.000000
4.578134
83334 0.000000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 0.580 38.894800 707992 0.000000
4.321644
78665 0.000000
#EXEC A MOD DB PSB
------- - --- --- --3
3
------- - --- --- --12
12 4
------- - --- --- --52
19 6
------- - --- --- --9
9 3
Transaction information is displayed for one day over all systems depending on the
system ID that you defined on the IMS Feature Main Menu. For each transaction that is
displayed, any existing alert can be accessed or a new alert generated.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction displayed in the list.
TO
Displays transaction historical information.
AL
Displays the Alert List panel
216 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Transaction Information
AI
Inserts a user alert.
TM
Displays transaction-specific module information.
TD
Displays DBRM information for the transaction.
TP
Displays PSB information for the transaction.
Field Descriptions
PSB
Limits the display to the lines containing a PSB name matching this selection value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
DBRMT* displays all PSB s starting with PSB T, such as PSB T001, PSB TABC, and so
on.
Date
Displays the date that the listed information was collected.
The date is in the format yyyy.mm.dd. Change the date to view older/newer dates
(if available). Enter an asterisk as the first character to show the data from the most
recent entries taken into Performance Management Assistant.
System
Limits the display to the lines containing a System name matching the selection
value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
SYSP* displays all systems starting with SYSP, such as SYSP001, SYSPABC, and so on.
For details about how the system name is generated or defined, see the
Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
Transaction
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the
transactions run.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 217
Transaction Information
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that the transaction was
processing application code only.
The value in this field does not include CPU time spent in systems services or SVCs.
TOT CPU
Displays the cumulative CPU seconds for this transaction during the monitored
period.
AVG CPU
Displays the average CPU time required for this transaction during the monitored
period, which is calculated by dividing the total CPU time by the number of ti mes
the transaction was completed during the monitored period.
Total-SU
Displays the cumulative CPU service units for this transaction during the monitored
period.
AVG-SU
Displays the average CPU service units required for this transaction duri ng the
monitored period.
This value is calculated by dividing the total CPU service units by the number of
times the transaction completed during the monitored period
TOT RESP
Displays the total time (in seconds) to complete all calls for the transaction.
AVG RESP
Displays the average time (in seconds) for the transaction to complete processing.
#TRANS
Displays the number of times that this transaction completed processing during the
monitored period.
AS (Alert State)
Displays the alert state in abbreviated format:
■
O - Open
■
R - Review
■
C - Close
To see alerts, use line command AL. To insert an alert, use line command AI. If the
Alert State column is blank, no alert exists for the transaction.
Number in TX Mod
Displays the number of modules within this transaction that exceed thresholds.
218 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Transaction Information
Number in TX DBs
Displays the number of DBRMs within this transaction that exceed thresholds.
Number in TX PSB
Displays the number of PSBs within this transaction that exceed thresholds.
Transaction History
To display an overview of all available historical information about a transaction,
selecting a transaction with line command TO displays the Transaction History Overview
panel.
APCGPS11 - PMA - Transaction Overview ----------------------------- Row 1 of 4
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction : TRX1
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: TM - TX specific module info TD - DBRM info TP - PSB info
LC Date
System
CPU% Total-CPU Total-SU Total-Resp #EXEC MOD DB PSB
ACTV%
AVG-CPU AVG-SU AVG-Resp
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.13 IMSP0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.12 IMSP0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.11 IMSP0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --2011.01.11 IMSP0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
3 3
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-- ---------- -------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- --- --- --******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The fields and columns that are displayed on this panel are the same as those described
on the Transaction Information panel.
Historical figures are comparable only if the measurements are done regularly. This
means measurements must always be at the same time of day and using the same
parameters (that is, target sample size and estimated run time).
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 219
Transaction Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
TM
Displays module information specific to the selected transaction.
TD
Displays DBRM information specific to the selected transaction.
TP
Displays PSB information specific to the selected transaction.
Column Descriptions
Transaction
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the
transactions run.
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that the transaction was
processing application code only.
The value in this field does not include CPU time spent in systems services or SVCs.
TOT CPU
Displays the cumulative CPU seconds for this transaction during the monitored
period.
AVG CPU
Displays the average CPU time required for this transaction during the monitored
period, which is calculated by dividing the total CPU time by the number of times
the transaction was completed during the monitored period.
Total-SU
Displays the cumulative CPU service units for this transaction during the monitored
period.
220 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
General Module Information
AVG-SU
Displays the average CPU service units required for this transaction during the
monitored period.
This value is calculated by dividing the total CPU servi ce units by the number of
times the transaction completed during the monitored period
TOT RESP
Displays the total time (in seconds) to complete all calls for the transaction.
AVG RESP
Displays the average time (in seconds) for the transaction to complete processing.
#TRANS
Displays the number of times that this transaction completed processing during the
monitored period.
Number in TX Mod
Displays the number of modules within this transaction that exceed thresholds
Number in TX DBs
Displays the number of DBRMs within this transaction that exceed thresholds.
Number in TX PSB
Displays the number of PSBs within this transaction that exceed thresholds.
General Module Information
The General Module Information panel is displayed when option 2 is entered on the IMS
Feature Menu.
APCGP002 -- PMA IMS Feature - General Module Information -------- Row 1 from 2
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
:*
Date: 2011.01.15
Commands
: SORT M/SY/C%/L - Module/SYs/aCtv%/Linkdate
Line Commands: MO - Module overview MS - Module statement
LC Module
System
ACTV% Linkdate
-- -------- -------- ----- ---------DFSREP00 IMSTEST1 4.69 2011.07.29
**N/A** IMSTEST1 1.70
******************************* Bottom of
System: *
16 Module
MB Statements
-- ---------> 6
<
data ********************************
The General Module Information panel presents an overview of information about
modules for all (or specific) systems as of the last measurement day.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 221
General Module Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific module that is displayed in the list.
DO
Displays an overview of historical information about the DBRM.
SS
Displays the SQL statements that belong to the DBRM.
TX
Displays the transaction that refers to the DBRM.
Field Descriptions
Module
To reduce the number of modules displayed, enter a specific name or part of a
name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wildcard. For example, entering
A* shows the information of all modules beginning with A. By default, all modules
measured during the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
To select a specific date with which you would like to compare the current
information, enter a date. The default date is the last measurement date.
System
The System field contains the name of the system representing the IMS region in
which the transactions run. To display only the information of a certain system,
change the name in the System field on the IMS Feature Menu. For details about
how the System name is generated or defined, see the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
Module name
Displays the name of the module.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the module
runs.
222 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
General Module Information
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of CPU utilization of the module
Linkdate
Displays the linkage date of the module.
This information is available only if one of the following situations is true:
■
The Central Component is used to scan the load libraries that contain the
online modules (recommended).
■
You have a separate run of a Central Component job just for searching the
online modules (see step APCXALMO of job APCXJLIB).
See the Administration Guide for details about job APCXJLIB.
16 MB Line
Indicates whether the module runs above or below the 16MB lineA greater than
value (>) means that the module runs above the 16 MB line; a less than value (<)
means the module runs below the 16 MB line.
Module Statements
Displays the number of module statements (location addresses) that exceed the
threshold values defined on the General Parameters panel as described in the
Administration Guide.
Module History
To display an overview of all available historical information about a module, select a
module by using line command MO.
APCGP022 -- PMA - General Module Overview -------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
: DFSREP00
Line Commands: MS - Module statement
LC Date
System
ACTV%
-- ---------- -------- ----2011.01.01 IMSTEST1 4.69
*******************************
16
Linkdate
MB
---------- -2011.01.29 >
Bottom of data
Show recent months: 03
Module
Statements
---------6
********************************
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 223
General Module Information
Module Statements
To display an overview of all available historical information regarding a module, select
a module by using line command MO.
APCGP201 -- PMA - Module Statements -------------------------- Row 1 to 6 of 6
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
: DFSREP00
Date: 2011.01.15
System: IMSTEST1
ACTV%
Starting
location
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total module: 4.69
Threshold : 0.01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------4.63
0012A0
0.01
000EE0
0.01
000FC0
0.01
0001A0
0.01
000140
0.01
001280
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Module Statements panel displays the starting addresses of module statements in
descending CPU time order. The top 10 modules statements are listed. Also displayed
are module name, measurement date, and system.
Column Descriptions
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of CPU utilization of the module.
Starting Location
Displays the starting location of the module statements that exceed the threshold
value. Up to 10 location addresses are shown.
224 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
DBRM - SQL Information
The DBRM panel is displayed when option 3 is entered on the IMS Feature Menu.
APCDPDBR ------ PMA IMS Feature - DBRM ----------------------- Row 1 from 2642
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
DBRM
: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Line Commands: DO - DBRM overview
LC DBRM
-- -------PL872A
QE042B
XHZ56M
System: *
SS - SQL statements
TX - TX using the DBRM
Total
Total
Total
Total
System ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec SQL# Called CPU/Call RESP/Call
-------- ----- --------- --------- ---- ------- --------- --------IMSP1
6,04 3.4488 21.0710 35
7806 0.000441 0.002699
IMSP2
3,22 3.3996 11.4757
3
18 0.188869 0.637540
IMSP3
11,76 3.1745 17.9664
6 203496 0.000015 0.000088
The DBRM panel presents an overview of plans for all (or specific) systems as of the last
measurement day.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific plan that is displayed in the list.
DO
Displays overview of historical information about the DBRM.
SS
Displays the SQL statements belonging to the DBRM.
TX
Displays the transaction that refers to the DBRM.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 225
DBRM - SQL Information
Field Descriptions
DBRM
To reduce the number of DBRMs displayed, enter a specific name or part of a name.
Generic notation is allowed using * as a wildcard. For example, enter A* to display
the information for all DBRMs beginning with A. By default, all DBRMs measured
during the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
To choose a specific date with which you would like to compare the display current
information, enter the date. The default date is the last measurement date.
System
The System field contains the name of the system representing the IMS region in
which the DBRM runs. To display only the information of a certain system, change
the name in the System field on the IMS Feature Menu. For details about how the
System name is generated or defined, see the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
DBRM
Name of the DBRM.
System
.
Name of the system on which this DBRM runs
TOTAL ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for all SQL
statements of this DBRM.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for all SQL statements of this DBRM to complete processing.
SQL#
Number of SQL statements running in this DBRM for which Performance
Management Assistant has gathered consumption data from CA Mainframe
Application Tuner.
Total Called
Total number of SQL statements that have been executed from this DBRM during
the measurement period
226 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
CPU/Call
Value of Total CPU sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
RESP/Call
Value of Total RESP sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
DBRM Overview
To display an overview of historical information for a specific plan, select the plan by
using line command DO.
APCDPDBO ------ PMA IMS Feature - DBRM Overview -------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
DBRM
: PL872A
System: CICP3
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: SS - SQL statements TX - TX using the DBRM
Total
Total
Total
Total
LC Date
ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec SQL# Called CPU/Call RESP/Call
-- ---------- ----- --------- --------- ---- ------- --------- --------2011.01.15 6,04
3.4488 21.0710 35
7806 0.000441 0.002699
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Plan Overview panel displays a historical overview of the measurement information
for a specific plan.
Panel Elements
■
To view more or less information for the plan, use the Show recent months field to
define the number of months for which information should be displayed.
■
Use line command SS to display the SQL statements in the plan that exceed the
threshold values.
Field Descriptions
DBRM
Displays the name of the DBRM.
Show recent months
Displays the number of months entered (if the information is available for the
period entered).
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 227
DBRM - SQL Information
Column Descriptions
Date
Date the measurement was done.
TOTAL ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for all SQL
statements of this DBRM.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for all SQL statements of this DBRM to complete processing.
SQL#
Number of SQL statements running in this DBRM for which Performance
Management Assistant has gathered consumption data from CA Mainframe
Application Tuner.
Total Called
Total number of SQL statements that have been executed from this DBRM during
the measurement period.
CPU/Call
Value of Total CPU sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
RESP/Call
Value of Total RESP sec column divided by the value of the SQL# column.
228 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
SQL Statements Exceeding Thresholds
SQL statements that exceed the threshold values can be displayed by:
■
Selecting a specific plan by using line command SS on the Plan panel, or
■
Selecting a history record for a plan by using line command SS on the Plan Overview
panel
APCDPSQO - PMA - IMS Feature DBRM SQL Overview ------------- Row 1 to 11 of 19
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Line Commands: SD -SQL Details SO -SQL Statement Overview
Date : 2011.01.15
System : CICSSYS1
DBRM : TSTD4099
Created:
DBRM ACTV% :
28.29
CPU sec : 65.4662
RESP sec: 118.5100
Thresh.%:
0.01
Total
Total
Total
LC Action
Stmt# Called ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec
-- -------- ------ ------- ----- --------- --------SELECT
5493
27 16.71 38.6073 53.7437
FETCH
6227
1 6.20 14.3316 39.8550
FETCH
5962
719 3.87
8.9418 10.6731
CPU/Call
--------1.429901
14.331662
0.012436
RESP/Call
--------1.990510
39.855086
0.014844
The SQL Statements panel shows the plan name, measurement da te, system, and the
total CPU consumption and the threshold value for the plan statements. Up to 10 SQL
statements are shown that exceed the threshold value. For each statement, the IMS
Feature presents the CPU consumption (in % of the IMS region and in seconds), the
action and the first part of the SQL statement.
If there are cumulative consumption values, the displayed threshold refers to the source
value.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
SD
Displays the SQL statement text, if available.
SO
Displays a historical overview of the selected SQL statement. SQL information is
displayed for one SQL statement and one system ID for all available days.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 229
DBRM - SQL Information
Field Descriptions
Date
Date the information was collected.
System
.
Online region where the DBRM was used
DBRM
DBRM name to which the information belongs
Created
Creation date of the DBRM
ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for all SQ L
statements of this DBRM.
RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for all SQL statements of this DBRM to complete processing.
Thresh.%
Only SQL statement consumption data that exceeded this threshold value was
gathered by Performance Management Assistant from CA Mainframe Application
Tuner.
Column Descriptions
Action
Type of call that was issued with this statement.
Stmt#
Number of the unique SQL statement that is contained in a Package or Plan.
Called
Number of times during the measurement session that this SQL statement was
executed.
ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
230 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for this SQL
statement.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
CPU/Call
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process each DB2 call for this
SQL statement.
RESP/Call
Average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 231
DBRM - SQL Information
SQL Statement Details
Select an SQL statement by using line command SD from the DBRM SQL Overview panel
to display details about the selected statement, as shown following.
APCXPSTX
COMMAND ===>
SQL Statement Information
Row 1 to 28 of 28
SCROLL ===> HALF
Date: 2011.01.15 System: PRODIMSA DBRM: TEST1234
Total
Total
Total
Action
Stmt# Called ACTV% CPU sec RESP sec CPU/Call RESP/Call
-------- ------ ------- ----- --------- --------- --------- --------FETCH
333 163959 0.20
3.3796
3.9260 0.000020 0.000023
BROWSE
EDIT
*** START OF SQL STATEMENT ***
FETCH
*** END OF SQL STATEMENT ***
*** START OF SQL DECLARE ***
DECLARE
FOR
SELECT
FROM
WHERE
AND
AND
ORDER
INTO
TCDC0970 CURSOR
TC_APPLICATION , SEQUENCE , HARDCODES
TCDT097
COD_ENTITY = : H
PROGRAM = : H
LNG_DATA = : H
BY SEQUENCE DES_NRESFCC , COD_NATCTRY
FLG_EURCTRY , EXCHANGE , LNG_OFDATA ,
LASTMODTRM , DAT_LASTMOD , DES_ENTABR
FLG_FCCCOEXC , FLG_ALL_MULT
: H, :H ,: H, :H , :H ,: H, :
: H, :H ,: H, :H , :H ,: H, :
: H, :H ,: H, :H , :H ,: H, :
: H
, DES_NATCTRY ,
LASTMODUSER ,
, FLG_OFCACC ,
H ,: H, :H ,: H,
H ,: H, :H ,: H,
H ,: H, :H ,: H,
*** END OF SQL DECLARE ***
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The SQL Statement Information panel shows the performance details of the selected
SQL statement followed by the SQL statement text, if available. For cursor statements
the SQL Declare statement text will also be shown, if available
You can use the BROWSE and EDIT buttons to display the statement text in Browse or
Edit mode for further processing.
232 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
Date
Date the information was collected.
System
Online region where the DBRM was used.
DBRM
DBRM name to which the information belongs
Action
Type of call that was issued with this statement
Stmt#
Number of the unique SQL statement that is contained in a Package or Plan.
Called
Number of times during the measurement session that this SQL statement was
executed.
Total ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for this SQL
statement.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
CPU/Call
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process each DB2 call for this
SQL statement (Total CPU Sec / Total Called).
RESP/Call
Average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing
(Total RESP Sec / Total Called).
SQL Statement Text
SQL statement text and corresponding SQL Declare text, if applicable.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 233
DBRM - SQL Information
SQL Statement Overview (History)
Select an SQL statement by using line command SO from either the DBRM SQL Overview
panel or the SQL Summary panel to display a historical overview of the selected
statement, as shown in the following panel.
APCXPSQH ----- PMA IMS Feature - SQL Overview ----------------- Row 1 to 3 of 3
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
DBRM: TSTC4099 System: CICSSYS1
Line Commands: SD - SQL Details
Action: FETCH
STMT#:
6227
Months: 03
TX - TX using the DBRM
Total
Total
Total
LC Date
Called ACTV% CPU sec CPU/Call RESP/Call RESP sec
-- ---------- ------- ----- --------- --------- --------- --------2011.01.03
1 6.20 14.3316 14.3316 39.855086 39.8550
2011.01.02
1 5.20 11.1317 11.1317 37.135021 37.1350
2011.01.01
1 6.40 14.7216 14.7216 40.007991 40.0079
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
SQL information is displayed for one SQL statement and one system ID for all available
days.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
SD
Displays details about the SQL statement, including the SQL statement text, if
available.
TX
Displays information about the transaction that is using the DBRM that contains the
SQL statement.
234 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DBRM - SQL Information
Field Descriptions
DBRM
Name of the DBRM that contains the SQL statement.
System
System name
Action
Type of call that was issued with this statement.
STMT#
Number of the unique SQL statement that is contained in a Package or Plan.
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range.
The default value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months.
Column Descriptions
Date
Date the measurement was done.
Called
Number of times during the measurement session that this SQL statement was
executed.
Total ACTV%
Percentage of the monitored period that CA Mainframe Application Tuner detected
CPU utilization that was attributed to the processing of the SQL statements of this
DBRM.
Total CPU sec
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process DB2 calls for this SQL
statement.
CPU/Call
Amount of CPU time (in seconds) needed by DB2 to process each DB2 call for this
SQL statement.
RESP/Call
Average response time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
Total RESP sec
Total time (in seconds) for this SQL statement to complete processing.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 235
PSB - DLI Information
Transactions that Use the DBRM
To display transactions that use the DBRM, select a DBRM from the DBRM Overview
panel by using line command TX.
APCGP305 -- PMA - Transactions Using Selected DBRM ----------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
DBRM : PL872A
Date: 2011.01.15
System: IMSP3
Transaction DELAY%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------PL51
0.46
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Column Descriptions
Transaction
Displays the name of the transaction.
DELAY%
Displays the percentage of the monitored period that activity was detected for this
transaction processing the DBRM.
PSB - DLI Information
The PSB panel is displayed when option 4 is entered on the IMS Feature Menu.
APCGP004 -- PMA IMS Feature - PSB ------------------------------- Row 1 from 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
PSB
:*
Date: 2011.01.15
Commands
: SORT P/SY/C% - Psb/SYs/aCtv%
Line Commands: PO - PSB overview DS - DLI statements
System: *
LC
--
PSB
System
ACTV%
-------- -------- ----TESTST02 IMSTEST1 5.70
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The PSB panel presents an overview of PSB information for all (or specific) systems as of
the last measurement day.
236 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
PSB - DLI Information
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific PSB that is displayed in the list.
PO
Displays historical information about a specific PSB.
DS
Displays the top 10 DLI statements exceeding the thresholds.
Field Descriptions
PSB
To filter the PSBs that are displayed, enter a specific PSB name or a generic PSB
name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wildcard. For example, enter A*
to display the information for all PSBs beginning with A. By default, all PSBs
measured during the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
To select a specific date with which you would like to compare the current
information, enter the date. The default date is the last measurement date.
System
The System field contains the name of the system representing the IMS region in
which the transactions run. To display only information from a certain system,
change the name in the System field on the IMS Feature Menu. For details about
how the System name is generated or defined, see the Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
PSB name
Displays the name of the PSB.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which this module
runs.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 237
PSB - DLI Information
ACTV%
Displays the percentage of CPU utilization of the module within the IMS system.
This percentage reflects the total of all CPU time accumulated from all
measurements taken during the time range that is specified on the System Control
panel. See the Administration Guide for more details about this time range.
PSB History Information
To display historical information for a specific PSB, select the PSB by using line command
PO.
APCGP042 -- PMA - PSB Overview-------------------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
PSB
: TESTST02
Line Commands: DS - DLI statements
Show recent months: 03
LC
--
Date
System
ACTV%
---------- -------- ----2011.01.15 IMSTEST1 5.70
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The PSB Overview panel displays a historical overview of the measurement information
for a specific PSB.
PSB History Information Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
To view more or less information for the PSB, use the Show recent months field to
define the number of months for which information should be displayed.
■
Use line command DS to display the top 10 DLI statements exceeding the
thresholds.
238 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
PSB - DLI Information
DLI Statements
DLI statements that exceed the threshold values can be displayed by selecting either:
■
A specific PSB by using line command DS on the PSB panel
■
A history record for a PSB by using line command DS on the PSB Overview panel
APCGP204 -- PMA - DLI Statements ----------------------------- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
PSB
: FB175A
Date: 2011.01.15
System: IMSA
Call
Total CPU
Total Wait
Resource SSA
% abs sec
% abs sec
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Threshold
: 0.01
------------------------------------------------------------------------------GU
0.10
0
0.19
8 VWTE1P VWTE1P02
The DLI Statement panel displays the PSB name, measurement date, system, and the
threshold value for DLI statements. Up to 10 DLI statements are shown that exceed the
threshold value. Displayed for each statement are the name of the calling transaction,
the CPU and Wait Time consumption (in % of the IMS region and in seconds), resource
and SSA information.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 239
Overview of Measurement Reports
Overview of Measurement Reports
The OVERVIEWS option of the IMS Feature Menu displays different chapters of a
measurement report. The default entry is #SJS. However, users can also choose from
the following table of chapters.
Chapter ID
Overview Description
#SJS
Sampler and job statistics
#RDC
Resource demand chart
#COV
Code view
#DSA
Dataset activity
#TXV
Transaction view
#POV
Pool view
#SUM
Summary
#SJS - Sampler and Job Statistics
To display a chapter in the measurement report (sampler and job statistics is used here
for illustration), on the IMS Feature Menu, select option 5 and enter the chapter ID (#SJS
is the default chapter). The first page of the chapter is displayed as illustrated in the
following panel.
240 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Overview of Measurement Reports
APCDP005 CA MAT
COMMAND ===>
Meas. - SAMPLER AND JOB STATISTICS ---- Row 1 to 37 of 116
SCROLL ===> HALF
Object : O O/D/S - Overview/Date/System
Overview: #SJS
Date: 2011.01.15
Direction: F F/B - Forward/Backward
System/Jobname: IMSTEST1/IMS
-- JOB INFORMATION -- ------ JOB STATISTICS ------ --- MONITOR STATISTICS --JOBNAME
STEPNAME
PROCSTEP
PROGRAM
ASID . .
(HEX) .
USER ID
JOB ID .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
IMSTEST1
IMS
REGION
DFSRRC00
320
0140
TEST12
STC04561
CICS LEVEL
DB2 LEVEL
IMS LEVEL
MQS LEVEL
SAP LEVEL
USS LEVEL
WAS LEVEL
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
**N/A**
**N/A**
8.1.0
**N/A**
**N/A**
**N/A**
**N/A**
< RGN LIM . 576K
> RGN LIM . 32M
RGN REQUEST 512K
DYNAMIC LINKLIST:
IPL
TCB TIME . . . . 00:00:02.36 START DATE . .
SRB TIME . . . . 00:00:01.26 START TIME . .
DURATION . . .
ECPU TIME . . . 00:00:03.62
ZAAP TIME . . .
**N/A** OBSERVATIONS:
ELIG ZAAP TIME .
**N/A** FINAL RATE . .
REQUESTED . .
SWAPPED OUT . . 00:00:00.00 USED . . . . .
NON DISP . . . . 00:00:00.00
LPAR/DIS DELAY . 00:00:06.96 SAMPLES:
USED . . . . .
CPU SVC UNITS . 64991
% ACTIVE . . .
% WAIT . . . .
EXCP COUNT . . . 38
EXCP RATE . . . 0.37
AVG TCBS ACT .
< RGN USED HWM . 88K
> RGN USED HWM . 16K
2011/01/15
16:16:35
00:01:42
10MSEC
9000
9000
8997
6.39
93.61
1.00
CMN HWM USED . 217K
PAGE-INS . . . . 0
PAGE-IN RATE . . 0.00
MONITOR DATA SET . CAMAT.MONDS.TESTIMSP.T235774.D20110115
The IMS Feature offers a variety of paging alternatives. The normal PF keys for scrolling
forward and backwards can be used. Additionally, the Object field and Direction field
can be used in combination to scroll forwards or backwards through different objects.
PF7/ PF8
Pages backward and forward within the actual overview
Object O
Pages through overviews with the same date and same IMS system
Direction: F to page to the next report; B to page to the previous
overview.
Object D
Pages through date with the same overview and same IMS system
Direction: F to page to the next date; B to page to the previous date.
Order: Date descending—the most recent information is presented
first.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 241
System Information
Object S
Pages through IMS systems with the same overview and same date
Direction: F to page to the next IMS system; B to page to the
previous IMS system.
Order: The system names are presented in internal ID order.
System Information
The System Information panel is displayed when option 2 is entered on the IMS
Transaction Information Menu.
APCDPSSI -------- PMA IMS Feature - System Information --------- Row 1 from 50
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Line Commands: S - Detail information
(Format YYYY.MM.DD)
O - Overview
T - Transactions
Number
Trans
Total CPU Total Elapsed
Total Wait
LC System
Trans
Called hh:mm:ss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- -------- -------- ---------- ------------- ------------- ------------IMSALD5
208
5654 00:05:18.3680 79:19:36.7832 78:54:07.7208
IMSALE1
100
21426 00:11:28.2964 50:29:14.0822 46:35:31.4911
IMSALE2
116
3660 00:03:00.1487 38:44:37.3512 38:23:07.8360
IMSALP1
605
1901734 07:12:38.8268 23:16:58.9988 83:50:24.0388
IMSALP3
330
46123 00:09:27.4499 30:41:51.0994 30:10:34.2677
IMSALP4
9
225 00:00:00.1056 23:35:35.3384 00:00:00.0656
IMSALP6
200
4455 00:01:20.6186 41:08:53.0020 40:50:32.9463
IMSALS1
411
121683 00:32:23.4186 59:03:43.1751 56:23:07.4227
IMSALT2
215
8317 00:02:48.5364 30:28:18.9676 30:06:28.4394
IMSALT4
128
2824 00:02:23.5472 37:51:38.9917 37:36:29.1974
IMSALT5
42
1794 00:00:32.1526 36:45:22.3260 36:42:40.0230
IMSAOR1
182
143928 00:04:28.1778 17:26:09.4468 17:18:11.3051
IMSAOR2
88
60114 00:01:29.8815 42:43:44.9268 42:41:09.8956
IMSAOR3
67
86456 00:02:39.1497 65:20:41.3823 65:15:20.0574
The System Information panel displays values for one day over all systems, depending
on the system ID that you defined on the panel.
242 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
System Information
System Information Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
1.
To choose a specific date for which you would like to display information, in the
Date field, change the date. The default date is the last measurement date.
2.
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the
information is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List
Panels.
3.
Show CPU(C)/Waits(W): With value C, the columns CPU, SRVUs, EXCPs and
Measurement Samples are displayed. With value W, the columns Wait, Swapped,
NonDisp., and ProcDly are displayed.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific system that is displayed in the list.
O
Displays an overview of the measurement reports.
B
Browses the measurement report
P
Prints the measurement report.
PE
Permits edits to measurement report.
SO
Displays the System Overview panel with all information for a specific CICS system
and a specific time period.
Column Descriptions
System
Displays the system name (either default or user defined) from the System Control
panel.
Jobname
Displays the name of the CICS startup job.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 243
System Information
Time
Displays the start time of the measurement.
Consuming Time in Minutes - Elps
Displays the elapsed time of measurement in format hh:mm:ss.
The following four columns are shown if C (for CPU values) is set:
Consuming Time in Minutes - CPU
Displays the total CPU time consumed during measurement in format hh:mm:ss.
SRVUS
Displays the service units consumed during measurement. A K at the end of the
value indicates that the format is in thousands
EXCPs
Displays the EXCPs consumed during measurement. A K at the end of the value
indicates that the format is in thousands.
Measurement Samples
Displays the total samples processed by CA Mainframe Application Tuner during
measurement. A K at the end of the value indicates that the format is in thousands.
The following four columns are shown if W (for WAIT values) is set:
Wait
Displays the wait time consumed during measurement (format hh:mm:ss).
Swapped
Displays the time consumed during measurement when the TCB is swapped out
from system (format hh:mm:ss).
NonDisp.
Displays the time consumed during measurement when the TCB is not dispatched
from system (format hh:mm:ss).
ProcDly
Displays the time consumed during measurement when the processor itself delays
(format hh:mm:ss).
244 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
System Overview
The System Overview panel is displayed when a IMS system is selected on the System
Information panel by using line command SO.
APCGP062 ------ PMA - System Overview ------------------------ Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System
: IMS0001
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: O - Measurement Overview B - Browse Measurement P - Print
PE - Edit AN -CA MAT Analysis
LC Date
Jobname
Time
Elps
CPU
Wait
EXCPS Measurement
hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss hh:mm:ss
Samples
------------------------------------------------------------------------------2011.01.15 UC01P00A 16.46 01:07:05 00:12:03 00:54:12
58K 12K
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The System Overview panel displays all date-specific information for a specific IMS
system. The Show recent months field can be used to limit the information to the
current month (Show recent months = 1) or to display all information available up to 18
months (Show recent months = 18). The default value for Show recent months is 3.
Line commands and columns are the same as those described for the System
Information panel.
In addition the new line command AN is available, which represents the Interface to the
Analyze Normal function. This function is only executable as long as the cor responding
monitor data set has not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter
settings, refer to the "Global measurement data set processing" section of the
Administration Guide.
Alert Management
In IMS, there are hundreds of transactions but not all of these transactions need
performance monitoring. Many transactions, even though they may be high consumers,
only execute occasionally and do not warrant concern.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 245
Alert Management
For each execution of the IMS Feature, important top consuming transactions can be
identified and alerts issued automatically. This feature works in two steps:
1.
The top number of consuming transactions are identified based on the scope
defined as a parameter, for example, TOP Limit = 10. This parameter is maintained
by your administrator.
2.
Within this TOP Limit, the current execution consumption values of the transactions
are compared to the statistical information maintained for the same transactions
on the database. If the actual consumption exceeds the statistical limits, an alert is
issued automatically (referred to as a statistical alert).
Additionally, the user (APM Team) can manually issue alerts explicitly for transactions
that use the online Alert Management option (referred to as user alerts).
The Alert Management option provides all the information necessary for the APM Team
to manage the alert. Information is provided in the form of state and reason codes that
identify the situation.
How the TOP Limit Works
In order to use the Alert Management option of the IMS Feature, the TOP Limit of work
must be defined. TOP Limit processing works for each defined IMS system in
Performance Management Assistant. It is the last step in the total system management.
The TOP Limit is maintained by the administrator. It can contain a value from 0 to 999. A
value of 0 deactivates the TOP Limit, thus deactivating Alert Management. Otherwise,
the TOP Limit number defines how many important transactions are to be statistically
observed.
Within the TOP Limit (meaning the number defined as a parameter) all transactions of
the current system are observed statistically and, at the end, a runaway test check is
performed. The statistical limits are based on up to eighteen months of stored
interpreted profiles. To determine the TOP consumer and issue alerts, one of two
conditions normally exists:
■
Transaction consumption is static. A standard deviation check is performed and if
the result indicates an increase in the consumption (runaway), an alert is issued.
■
Transaction consumption is not static. A standard deviation check is performed and
if the result indicates a drastic increase in the consumption (runaway), an alert is
issued.
In a runaway situation, the transaction is added to the Alert file with the state OPEN and
the reason STAT. Alerts can be viewed under the Alert Management dialog.
The range of the statistical observation is limited to one year. For a transaction alerts to
be issued, it must have been observed in at least three separate profiles collected
during the period of statistical observation.
246 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Transaction Alert List Information
The Alert List panel is displayed when option 7 is entered on the IMS Feature Menu or
when line command AL is used on the Transaction Information panel.
APCDP007 ------- PMA IMS Feature - Alert List - All Issued ---- ROW 1 from 15
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction
Commands
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State: *
SORT T/SY/S/A/D - Tran/System/State/Aid/Date
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
TO -Tran Ov. S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I –Insert
LC Traname
System
State Reason AID Issue Date Al.No.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------VSIB
IMS0002
REV STAT 15353 2011.01.02
1
VSCO
IMS0002
OPEN STAT 15352 2011.01.02
1
VNAF
IMS0002
OPEN STAT 15350 2011.01.02
1
UWGC
IMS0002
OPEN STAT 15349 2011.01.02
1
SH21
IMS0002
OPEN STAT 15348 2011.01.02
1
PN§1
IMS0002
OPEN STAT 15347 2011.01.02
1
IUAQ
IMS0002
OPEN STAT 15345 2011.01.02
1
P140
IMS0001
OPEN STAT 15342 2011.01.02
1
LZ27
IMS0001
OPEN STAT 15340 2011.01.02
1
LZ15
IMS0001
OPEN STAT 15339 2011.01.02
1
LZ14
IMS0001
OPEN STAT 15338 2011.01.02
1
LZ11
IMS0001
OPEN STAT 15337 2011.01.02
1
LZ09
IMS0001
OPEN STAT 15336 2011.01.02
1
If a TOP Limit has been identified, an alert is issued automatically for any transaction
within the TOP Limit that is found to exceed its statistical limits. See the Administration
Guide.
Use the Alert List panel to see an overview of all alerts along wi th all state codes and
reason codes. The state code identifies the current state of the alert, for example,
whether the alert is open, reviewed, or closed. The reason code identifies why the alert
was issued; that is, statistical limits were exceeded or the user issued the alert.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 247
Alert Management
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the Transaction or State fields as described
below in Field Descriptions.
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
REV
View alerts with STATE = REV.
OPEN
View alerts with STATE = OPEN.
ALL
View all alerts.
RECENT
View the most recent occurrence of each alert.
SORT
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the
information is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List
Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction alert that is displayed in
the list.
TO
Displays the Transaction Overview panel.
S
Shows the alert.
R
Permits review and edits for the alert text. The state is changed to RE
C
Closes an alert. The state is changed to CUSE and can no longer be reviewed.
D
Deletes an alert
I
Inserts a new alert.
248 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Field Descriptions
Transaction
To control the list of alerts being displayed, enter an actual transaction name or a
generic transaction name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all alerts
for all transactions or to limit the list of alerts to a generic group of transacti ons.
State
To reduce the list of alerts to a specific state, enter the state of the alerts to be
displayed. You can enter a valid state code, the first letter of the state code plus an
asterisk, or an asterisk alone to see all states of alert. Valid state codes are listed in
State Code Descriptions.
Column Descriptions
Traname/System
Displays the specific transaction and system for which the alert is issued.
State
Displays the current state of the alert.
Valid state codes are listed in State Code Descriptions.
Reason
Displays the current reason for the alert. Valid reason codes are listed in Reason
Code Descriptions.
AID
Displays a unique alert identification for each alert.
Issue Date
Displays the date the alert was issued.
Al. No.
Displays the alert number, which is the sequence number of the alert entry created
for this transaction.
For example, Al.No. 3 indicates that it is the third alert that was created for the
selected transaction.
If more than one alert exists and you want to delete the alert for this transaction,
each alert must be individually deleted by using line command D.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 249
Alert Management
State Code Descriptions
State Code
Short
Description
OPEN
Open
An open state indicates a new alert has been opened automatically by
PMA or by a user.
REV
Review
A review state code stops further measurements for the transaction. An open
alert can be changed to REV by selecting the alert with line command R. This
action allows you to review the alert and changes the alert to state code REV.
CLOSE
Closed
A closed state code indicates the completion of an alert process.
Long Description
Reason Code Descriptions
Reason Code
Short
Description
Long Description
USER
User
The alert was issued by a user. See alert text for explanation.
STAT
Statistics
The alert was issued automatically by PMA because the transaction
exceeded its normal statistical limits.
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert
The following panel is displayed as a result of one of these actions:
■
A transaction was selected on the Alert List panel by using line command S or R.
■
Line command I was used on the Alert List panel or line command AI was used on
the Transaction Information panel to insert a user alert for a specific transaction.
APCDP701 USERXX1.APCX.TEMP1 --------------------------------- Columns 001 072
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
SAVE = END command or PF3
CANCEL = CAN command
Transaction System
Al.No. State
AID
VSIB
IMS0002
1 OPEN
15353
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------****** **************************** Top of Data ****************************
000001 2011-01-02 PMA ALERT ID 15353
BY STAT
000002
-----------------------------------------------------------000003
TRANSACTION : VSIB
SYSTEM : 0002 PGM : IMS1IMS2
000004
CPU% MEAS : 2.00 AVERAGE :
.95 STD.DEV :
.27
000005
-----------------------------------------------------------****** *************************** Bottom of Data **************************
250 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
When selected with S or R this panel details the alert situation for the specific
transaction by displaying all text information that is either created automatically by
Performance Management Assistant or documented by the user.
The alert is identified by the transaction name. Additionally, the number of alerts, status
code, reason codes, identifier, and creation date are listed.
Alert Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
In Review mode (line command R), you are allowed to edit text up to the maximum
of 102 lines. The alert state is changed to REV when it is reviewed by using line
command R.
■
In Insert mode (line command I or AI), you are allowed to insert a user alert and can
create up to 102 lines of alert text. The alert state is OPEN with reason code USER.
■
In both Review and Insert modes, the text is saved in the database and is available
anytime for display or for documenting further information. The text is erased if
you use the delete command for the alert on the Alert List panel.
■
To cancel any changes, enter the CAN (cancel) command. Changes in the text are
ignored and the state of the alert is not changed.
Alert List Information - Changed Modules
The Alert List Changed Modules panel is displayed when option 8 is entered on the IMS
Feature Menu or when line command AL is used on the Transaction Information panel.
APCDP008 ---------- PMA IMS Feature - Alert List Changed modules - Row 1 from 15
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Module
Commands
:
:
:
Line Commands:
*
State: *
SORT M/SY/S/A/D/L/U - Module/System/State/Aid/Date/Linkdate/Uid
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
MO -Mod.Ov. S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I -Insert
LC Module
System
State Reason AID Issue Date Link Date
By (UID)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ASMTDLI
*ONLINE*
PEND MODC
1 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI1 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
2 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI2 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
3 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI3 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
4 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
ASMTDLI4 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
5 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI
*ONLINE*
PEND MODC
6 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI1 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
7 2011.05.10 2011.11.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI2 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
8 2011.05.10 2011.06.09 *PMA*
CBLTDLI3 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
9 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
CBLTDLI4 *ONLINE*
PEND MODC
10 2011.04.26 2011.11.12 *PMA*
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 251
Alert Management
The function works similar to the Batch Changed Module processing. The scan process
to detect changes for IMS modules is activated by running job APCIJLMO. If an IMS
module has changed, a pending alert is created. Different from batch, the alerts are
shown based on the module name with the global entry *ONLINE* for the IMS system
name. The alert entries are considered in the next IMS measurement res ult processing.
The state of a pending alert belonging to a module that was active during the
measurement is changed to OPEN or to CTHR (Closed THResholds). To see more
information about CTHR, see "Defining Thresholds" in the Administration Guide. If the
module was called in different systems, the alert entry is duplicated for each system the
module was active in during the measurement.
Use the Alert List Changed modules panel to see an overview of all alerts along with all
state codes and reason codes. The state code identifies the current state of the alert; for
example, whether the alert is open, reviewed, or closed. The reason code identifies why
the alert was issued; that is, statistical limits were exceeded or the user issued the alert.
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the Transaction or State fields as described in
Field Descriptions.
Primary Commands
Primary commands can be used as follows:
REV
View alerts with STATE = REV.
OPEN
View alerts with STATE = OPEN.
ALL
View all alerts.
RECENT
View the most recent occurrence of each alert.
SORT
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the
information is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List
Panels.
252 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction alert that is displayed in
the list.
TO
Displays the Transaction Overview panel.
S
Shows the alert.
R
Permits the review and edit of the alert text. The state is changed to REV.
C
Closes an alert. The state is changed to CUSE and can no longer be reviewed.
D
Deletes an alert.
I
Inserts a new alert.
Field Descriptions
Transaction
To control the list of alerts being displayed, enter an actual transaction name or a
generic transaction name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all alerts
for all transactions or to limit the list of alerts to a generic group of transactions.
State
To reduce the list of alerts to a specific state, enter the state of the alerts to be
displayed. You can enter a valid state code, the first letter of the state code plus an
asterisk, or an asterisk alone to see all states of alert.
Valid state codes are described in State Code Descriptions.
Column Descriptions
Traname/System
Displays the specific transaction and system for which the alert is issued.
State
Displays the current state of the alert. See State Code Descriptions for a detailed
description of the valid state codes.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 253
Alert Management
Reason
Displays the current reason for the alert. See Reason Code Descriptions for valid
reason codes.
AID
Displays the unique alert identification for the alert.
Issue Date
Displays the date the alert was issued.
Al. No.
Displays the alert number, which is the sequence number of the alert entry that is
created for this module.
For example, Al.No. 3 indicates the third alert that was created for the chosen
module.
If more than one alert exists, and you want to delete the alert for this module, each
alert must be individually deleted by using line command D.
State Code Descriptions
State Code
Short
Description
OPEN
Open
An open state indicates a new alert has been opened automatically by
PMA or by a user.
REV
Review
A review state code stops further measurements for the transaction. An open
alert can be changed to REV by selecting the alert with line command R. This
action allows you to review the alert and changes the alert to state code REV.
CLOSE
Closed
A closed state code indicates the completion of an alert process.
Long Description
Reason Code Descriptions
Reason Code
Short
Description
Long Description
USER
User
The alert was issued by a user. See alert text for explanation.
STAT
Statistics
The alert was issued automatically by PMA because the transaction exceeded its
normal statistical limits.
254 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Alert Management
Show, Review, or Insert an Alert
The following panel is displayed as a result of one of these actions:
■
A transaction was selected on the Alert List panel by using line command S or R.
■
Line command I was used on the Alert List panel or line command AI was used on
the Transaction Information panel to insert a user alert for a specific transaction.
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
SAVE = END command or PF3
CANCEL = CAN command
Module
System
Al.No. State
AID
CBLTDLI2
IMS0003
1 OPEN
8
------------------------------------------------------------------------------********************************* Top of Data ********************************
2011-01-10 PMA ALERT ID 00008
BY MODC
LINK: 2011-01-09
------------------------------------------------------------MODULE : CBLTDLI2 SYSTEM: *ONLINE*
------------------------------------------------------------2011-01-12 PMA ALERT ID 00008
BY MEAS
MEAS-DATE: 2011-11-05
------------------------------------------------------------MODULE: CBLTDLI2 SYSTEM: IMS0003 -CALLED BY
5 TRXMODULE-COUNTS:
2345 CPU %: 1.63 LOADED: ABOVE 16MB
------------------------------------------------------------THRES.-COUNTS:
0 -CPU %: 0.00
REACHED >OPEN<
------------------------------------------------------------******************************** Bottom of Data ******************************
When selected with S or R this panel details the alert situation for the specific
transaction by displaying all text information that is either created automatically by
Performance Management Assistant or documented by the user.
The alert is identified by the transaction name. Additionally, the number of alerts, status
code, reason codes, identifier, and creation date are listed.
Alert Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
■
In Review mode (line command R), you are allowed to edit text up to the maximum
of 102 lines. The alert state is changed to REV when it is reviewed by using line
command R.
■
In Insert mode (line command I or AI), you are allowed to insert a user alert and can
create up to 102 lines of alert text. The alert state is OPEN with reason code USER.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 255
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
■
In both Review and Insert modes, the text is saved in the database and is available
anytime for display or for documenting further information. The text is erased if
you use the delete command for the alert on the Alert List panel.
■
To cancel any changes, enter the CAN (cancel) command. Changes in the text are
ignored and the state of the alert is not changed.
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
The SQL Summary panel is displayed when option S is entered on the IMS Feature
Menu.
APCXPSQL -- PMA - IMS Feature SQL-Summary ------------------ Row 2 from 17094
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Line Commands: DO -DBRM Overview
SD -SQL Details SO -SQL Overview
DBRM: *
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Total
Total
LC Action Stmt# Called ACTV%
CPU sec CPU/Call RESP/Call DBRM
System
-- ------- ------ ------- ----- --------- --------- --------- -------- -------FETCH
6227
1 6.20
14.3316 14.331662 39.855086 TSTC4099 CICSSYS1
SELECT
5493
27 16.71
38.6073 1.429901 1.990510 TSTC4099 CICSSYS1
SELECT
6328
3 1.47
3.4009 1.133653 2.618793 TSTC4099 CICSSYS1
OPEN
500
1 0.11
0.2770 0.277061 0.606578 TSACBB11 CICSSYS1
The SQL Summary panel provides a central overview about the DB2 activities for all
DBRMs that exceed the threshold value.
Panel Elements
To filter the data that is listed on the panel, use the DBRM, Date, or System fields as
described in Field Descriptions.
256 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to branch to the DBRM overview panel or to display
detailed information about the specific SQL statement.
DO
Displays the DBRM Overview to the DBRMs listed in the selected line.
SD
Displays details about the selected SQL statement.
SO
Displays a historical overview of the selected SQL statement.
SQL information is displayed for one SQL statement and one system ID for all
available days.
Field Descriptions
PSB
Limits the display to the lines containing a PSB name matching this selection value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
DBRMT* displays all PSB s starting with PSB T, such as PSB T001, PSB TABC, and so
on.
Date
Displays the date that the listed information was collected.
The date is in the format yyyy.mm.dd. Change the date to view older/newer dates
(if available). Enter an asterisk as the first character to show the data from the most
recent entries taken into Performance Management Assistant.
System
Limits the display to the lines containing a System name matching the selection
value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
SYSP* displays all systems starting with SYSP, such as SYSP001, SYSPABC, and so on.
For details about how the system name is generated or defined, see the
Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Action
Displays the SQL action.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 257
SQL Statement Information - SQL Summary
TOTAL CPU
Displays the total CPU time in seconds consumed by the SQL statement.
CPU-P-CALL
Displays the amount of CPU time in seconds needed by DB2 to process each DB2
call for this SQL statement by using sampling data collected during the
measurement.
AVG RESP
Displays the average time (in seconds) of the SQL statement of this DBRM to
complete processing.
#CALLED
Displays the total number of executed SQLs from this DBRM during the
measurement.
STMT
Displays the SQL statement number.
DBRM
Displays the name of the corresponding DBRM.
SYSTEM
Displays the name of the system to which the information belongs.
258 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary
The DLI Summary panel is displayed when option D is entered on the IMS Feature Menu.
APCDPDLI -- PMA - IMS Feature DLI-Summary ---------------------- Row 1 from 48
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Line Commands: PO -PSB Overview
PSB: *
DD -DLI Details
Date: 2011.01.15 System: *
LC Act. Resource Total CPU
Total Wait
SSA
PSB
PMA
% abs sec
% abs sec
System
------------------------------------------------------------------------------GU VWTE1P
0.10
0.0 0.19
0.0 VWTE1P02
FB175A IMSA
GU VWTE1P
0.10
0.0 0.19
0.0 VWTE1P02
FB175A IMSB
GU VWTE1P
0.10
0.0 0.19
0.0 VWTE1P02
FB175A IMSSUM
GU TMT1IP
0.08
0.0 0.00
0.0 TMT02G
FC049I IMSA
GU TMT1IP
0.08
0.0 0.00
0.0 TMT02G
FC049I IMSB
GU TMT1IP
0.08
0.0 0.00
0.0 TMT02G
FC049I IMSSUM
GU TMT1NP
0.03
0.0 0.16
0.0 TMT02G
TM503N IMSA
GU TMT1NP
0.03
0.0 0.16
0.0 TMT02G
TM503N IMSB
GU TMT1NP
0.03
0.0 0.16
0.0 TMT02G
TM503N IMSSUM
GHN SHD21P
0.02
0.0 0.08
0.0 SHD21S10
SH707A IMSA
GHN SHD21P
0.02
0.0 0.08
0.0 SHD21S10
SH707A IMSB
GHN SHD21P
0.02
0.0 0.08
0.0 SHD21S10
SH707A IMSSUM
GHU TMT1NP
0.01
0.0 0.03
0.0 TMT01G
TM503N
IMSA
GHU TMT1NP
0.01
0.0 0.03
0.0 TMT01G
TM503N IMSB
The DLI Summary panel provides a central overview about the DLI activities for all PSBs
that exceed the threshold value.
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the PSB, Date, or System fields as described in
Field Descriptions.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 259
DLI Statement Information - DLI Summary
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to branch to the PSB overview panel or to display detailed
information about the specific SQL statement.
PO
Displays the PSB Overview panel for the selected PSB.
DD
Displays the DLI information of the corresponding measurement list if the profile is
still available in the profile cluster.
This line command only works for single systems. For summary systems, that is,
those where all listed consumption values are accumulated from more than one
system, the display of DLI information from a measurement list is not possible.
Field Descriptions
PSB
Limits the display to the lines containing a PSB name matching this selection value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
DBRMT* displays all PSB s starting with PSB T, such as PSB T001, PSB TABC, and so
on.
Date
Displays the date that the listed information was collected.
The date is in the format yyyy.mm.dd. Change the date to view older/newer dates
(if available). Enter an asterisk as the first character to show the data from the most
recent entries taken into Performance Management Assistant.
System
Limits the display to the lines containing a System name matching the selection
value.
You can define a prefix by using an asterisk as a wildcard at the end. For example,
SYSP* displays all systems starting with SYSP, such as SYSP001, SYSPABC, and so on.
For details about how the system name is generated or defined, see the
Administration Guide.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Act.
Displays the DLI Action.
260 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Resource
Displays the DLI resource activated by the DLI action.
Total CPU %
Displays the percentage of CPU utilization of the DLI statement.
Total CPU abs sec
Displays the CPU utilization of the DLI statement in absolute seconds.
Total Wait %
Displays the percentage of wait time utilization of the DLI statement.
Total Wait abs sec
Wait time utilization of the DLI statement in absolute seconds.
SSA
Displays the DLI segment search argument.
PSB
Displays the name of the corresponding PSB.
PMA System
Displays the name of the system to which the information belongs.
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Option I on the IMS Feature Menu enables you to view execution detail information for
IMS transactions.
How the IMS INFO Feature Works
To use the IMS INFO Feature, the following IMS transaction information must be
available for each transaction call:
■
IMS region name
■
Transaction name
■
Transaction start date
■
Transaction start time
■
Transaction end date
■
Transaction end time
■
Total elapsed time
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 261
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
■
Total CPU time
■
Total wait time
■
Number of calls to DB2
■
Number of calls to IMS DB
In general, these values are collected by an IMS trace tool that you might use in your
environment. After these values are collected by your IMS trace tool, you can make the
information available to your environment by using a provided interface. The job to
import your IMS transaction details (job APCIJIFU) is described in the Administration
Guide.
Transaction Information
The Transaction Information panel is displayed when option 1 is entered on the IMS
Feature Menu.
APCGPS01 - PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Information --------- Row 1 from 240
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Transaction
:*
Date: 2011.01.15
System: *
Line Commands: TO - TX overview AL Alert list AI Alert insert
TM - TX specific module info TD - DBRM info TP - PSB info
LC TRAN
-- -------TRX1
-- -------TRX2
-- -------TRX3
-- -------TRX4
System
CPU% Total-CPU Total-SU Total-RESP
ACTV%
AVG-CPU AVG-SU AVG-RESP
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 0.600 40.236000 732406 38.250000
13.412000 244135 12.750000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 1.100 73.766000 1342744 0.000000
6.147166 111895 0.000000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 3.550 238.063000 4333403 0.000000
4.578134
83334 0.000000
-------- ----- ---------- -------- ---------IMSP0008 0.580 38.894800 707992 0.000000
4.321644
78665 0.000000
#EXEC A MOD DB PSB
------- - --- --- --3
3
------- - --- --- --12
12 4
------- - --- --- --52
19 6
------- - --- --- --9
9 3
Transaction information is displayed for one day over all systems depending on the
system ID that you defined on the IMS Feature Main Menu. For each transaction that is
displayed, any existing alert can be accessed or a new alert generated.
262 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Transaction Totals per Day
The Transaction Totals per Day panel is displayed when option 1 is entered on the IMS
Transaction Information Menu.
APCDPSTT ------ PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Totals per Day (S Row 1 from 712
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Tran: *
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15 (Format YYYY.MM.DD)
Line Commands: S - Details
O - Overview
: TS - TRX Call Statistics
LC Tran
-- -------TRX1
TRX2
TRX3
I - Intervals
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
System
Exec# ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------- ---------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------IMSPMA
2
0.0003 00:00:00.0006
0.0004 00:00:00.0008
IMSPMA
1
0.0141 00:00:00.0141
0.3115 00:00:00.3115
IMSPMA
86
0.1626 00:00:13.9852 84.5512 02:01:11.4060
Transaction totals per day information is displayed for one day over all transactions of
all systems depending on the transaction and system ID that you defined on the panel.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Fort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
S
Displays details of the selected transaction.
O
Displays an overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction and system
I
Displays the interval values of the selected transaction.
TS
Displays the call statistics for the selected transaction.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 263
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Field Descriptions
Tran
Use the Transaction field to limit the number of transactions that are displayed by
entering a transaction name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card;
for example, A* displays the information about all transactions that begin with A.
By default, all transactions of the last measurement date are displayed.
System
The System field contains the name of the system that represents the IMS region in
which the transactions run. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, IMSP* displays the information about all transactions that begin with
IMSP. By default, all systems of the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the most recent measurement date.
Column Descriptions
Tran
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the
transaction runs.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
264 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Transaction Total Details
You can access the Transaction Total Details panel by using line command S from either
of the following panels:
■
Transaction Totals per Day panel
■
Transaction Overview panel
APCDPSDE --------- PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Total Details --------------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
TRAN: SDST
System: IMSGE01 Date: 2011.01.15
Exec#:
75336
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Elapsed
CPU
Wait #DB2 REQ #IMS REQ
-------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------- -------Total
13:13:22.95820
02:13:09.08785
04:53:46.87652 20110993
0
Average
00:00:00.63187
00:00:00.10604
00:00:00.23397
266
0
Minimum
00:00:00.00198
00:00:00.00124
00:00:00.00022
0
0
Maximum
00:09:38.48564
00:03:00.25536
00:01:02.14400
1239673
0
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
TRAN
Displays the name of the selected transaction.
System
Displays the IMS system region name where the selected transacti on runs
Date
Displays the date of the selected transaction in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 265
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and maximum values for the
selected transaction.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
Wait
Displays the wait time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
#DB2 REQ
Displays the number of DB2 requests for the selected transacton.
#IMS REQ
Displays the number of IMS requests for the selected transacton.
Transaction Overview
Use line command O from the Transaction Totals per Day panel to access the
Transaction Overview panel.
APCDPSTH --- PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Overview (SMF) ---- Row 1 to 1 of 1
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Tran: TRX3
System: IMSPMA
Line Commands: S - Details
Show recent months: 03
TS - TRX Call Statistics
I - Intervals
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
LC Date
System
Exec# ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- ---------- -------- -------- --------- ------------- --------- ------------2011.01.15 IMSPMA
34
1.1406 00:00:38.7814
1.6429 00:00:55.8600
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
The Transaction Overview panel lists all occurences of one specific transaction in one
specific system region for the most recent months.
266 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with the transaction on a specific date that is
displayed in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the transaction on the selected date.
TS
Displays the call statistics for the selected transaction.
I
Displays all intervals belonging to the selected transaction in the selected region for
the selected date
Field Descriptions
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range.
The default value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Date
Displays the date of the transaction in yyyy.mm.dd format.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the
transaction runs.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction in the system region.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 267
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time per transaction execution in seconds (with 4 decimal
places).
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of all transaction executions in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time per transaction execution in seconds (with 4
decimal places).
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of all transaction executions in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
format.
Transaction Call Statistics
You can access the Transaction Call Statistics panel by using line command TS from
either of the following panels:
■
Transaction Totals per Day panel
■
Transaction Overview panel
APCDPTCS -------- PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Call Statistics --------------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> HALF
Tran: TRX3
System: IMSPMA
Date: 2011.01.15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Minimum at 09:50:54.27
Exec#:
86
Maximum at 12:22:49.51
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Total
Average
Minimum
Maximum
---------------------- --------------- --------------- --------------Elapsed
02:01:11.40608 00:01:24.55123 00:00:00.55057 00:09:24.42612
CPU
00:00:13.98528 00:00:00.16261 00:00:00.02131 00:00:00.52505
# TRX Calls with CPU Time
----------------------------------0 < 0.005 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.01 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.02 ( 0.00%)
2 < 0.03 ( 2.33%)
0 < 0.05 ( 0.00%)
10 < 0.10 ( 11.63%)
74 >= 0.10 ( 86.05%)
# TRX Calls with Elapsed Time
---------------------------------0 < 0.05 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.1 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.2 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.3 ( 0.00%)
0 < 0.5 ( 0.00%)
2 < 1.0 ( 2.33%)
84 >= 1.0 ( 97.67%)
The Transaction Call Statistics panel provides information about the CPU time and
elapsed time distribution for the number of transaction executions.
268 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
Tran
Displays the name of the selected transaction.
System
Displays the IMS system region name where the selected transaction runs
Date
Displays the date of the selected transaction in yyyy.mm.dd format.
Exec#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region.
Minimum at
Displays the time that the minimum activity occured in the system region in
hh:mm:ss.th format.
Maximum at
Displays the time that the maximum activity occured in the system region in
hh:mm:ss.th format
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and maximum values for the
selected transaction.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time of the selected transacton in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 269
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
The following columns display the CPU and elapsed time distribution of transaction
executions.
# TRX Calls with CPU Time
Displays the following values, where n=the number of executions:
n < 0.005: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.005 seconds
n < 0.01: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.01 seconds
n < 0.02: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.02 seconds
n < 0.03: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.03 seconds
n < 0.05: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.05 seconds
n < 0.10: number of executions with a CPU consumption < 0.10 seconds
n >= 0.10: number of executions with a CPU consumption >= 0.10 seconds
# TRX Calls with Elapsed Time
Displays the following values, where n=the number of executions:
n < 0.05: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.05 seconds
n < 0.1: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.1 seconds
n < 0.2: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.2 seconds
n < 0.3: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.3 seconds
n < 0.5: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 0.5 seconds
n < 1.0: number of executions with Elapsed Time < 1.0 seconds
n >= 1.0: number of executions with Elapsed Time >= 1.0 seconds
270 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Transaction Intervals
Use line command I from the Transaction Totals per Day panel to access the Transaction
Interval Information panel.
APCDPSIV PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Interval Information --- Row 1 from 96
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Tran: SDST
System: IMSGE01
Line Commands: S - Details
O
Date: 2011.01.15 Intvl Size: 00:15
(YYYY.MM.DD)
(hh:mm)
- Overview
Intvl
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
LC System Start
Exec# ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµµµ
-- -------- ----- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------IMSGE01 00:00
468
0.009386 00:00:04.3927
0.219913
IMSGE01 00:15
349
0.010208 00:00:03.5625
0.240213
IMSGE01 00:30
297
0.009259 00:00:02.7499
0.209761
IMSGE01 00:45
324
0.009331 00:00:03.0234
0.252089
IMSGE01 01:00
438
0.008993 00:00:03.9389
0.259145
IMSGE01 01:15
477
0.009210 00:00:04.3934
0.255070
IMSGE01 01:30
474
0.009244 00:00:04.3821
0.261413
IMSGE01 01:45
491
0.009401 00:00:04.6161
0.249885
IMSGE01 02:00
456
0.009603 00:00:04.3791
0.247511
IMSGE01 02:15
502
0.009597 00:00:04.8177
0.249955
IMSGE01 02:30
470
0.009768 00:00:04.5911
0.236771
IMSGE01 02:45
511
0.009418 00:00:04.8130
0.247345
IMSGE01 03:00
453
0.009052 00:00:04.1008
0.252858
Elap/Abs
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
------------00:01:42.9195
00:01:23.8344
00:01:02.2990
00:01:21.6771
00:01:53.5056
00:02:01.6684
00:02:03.9100
00:02:02.6938
00:01:52.8651
00:02:05.4775
00:01:51.2827
00:02:06.3933
00:01:54.5450
The Transaction Interval Information panel gives you a central overview of all the
transaction intervals of one specific transaction and system region on a single day.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction interval that is displayed
in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the selected transaction interval.
O
Displays an overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction interval.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 271
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Field Descriptions
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the most recent measurement date.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the
transaction runs.
Intvl Start
Displays the start time of the transaction interval in the format hh:mm.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction during the interval.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
272 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Transaction Interval Overview
Use line command O from the Transaction Totals per Day panel to access the
Transaction Interval Overview panel.
APCDPSIH PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Interval Overview -- Row 1 to 13 of 46
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
Tran: SDST
System: IMSGE01
Interval start : 00:00 (hh:mm)
Interval length: 00:15 (hh:mm)
Line Commands: S - Details
CPU/Exec
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
LC Date
Exec# ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- ---------- -------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------2011.01.18
468
0.009386 00:00:04.3927
0.219913 00:01:42.9195
2011.01.17
486
0.009441 00:00:04.5883
0.242706 00:01:57.9551
2011.01.16
551
0.009441 00:00:05.2023
0.240779 00:02:12.6694
2011.01.15
516
0.008769 00:00:04.5252
0.241421 00:02:04.5734
2011.01.14
466
0.009472 00:00:04.4141
0.226791 00:01:45.6846
2011.01.13
353
0.009170 00:00:03.2370
0.243809 00:01:26.0648
2011.01.12
980
0.009577 00:00:09.3864
0.249261 00:04:04.2758
2011.01.11
433
0.009513 00:00:04.1192
0.190295 00:01:22.3979
2011.01.09
496
0.008992 00:00:04.4601
0.250448 00:02:04.2226
2011.01.08
420
0.008592 00:00:03.6087
0.254574 00:01:46.9214
2011.01.07
459
0.009648 00:00:04.4285
0.230359 00:01:45.7348
2011.01.06
452
0.009548 00:00:04.3158
0.221339 00:01:40.0455
2011.01.05
493
0.009688 00:00:04.7766
0.253984 00:02:05.2143
The Transaction Interval Overview panel lists all occurences of one specific transaction
interval of one specific transaction and system region during the most recent months.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with the specified transaction interval on each of
the dates that are displayed in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the single transaction interval on the selected
date.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 273
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Field Descriptions
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range. The default
value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months.
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Date
Displays the date of the transaction interval in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction during the interval.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed time per transaction execution during the interval in
seconds (with 4 decimal places).
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of all transaction executions during the interval in
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
274 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Transaction Interval Details
You can access the Transaction Interval Details panel by using line command S from
either of the following panels:
■
Transaction Totals per Day panel
■
Transaction Interval Overview panel
APCDPSDE --------- PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Interval Details -----------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
TRAN: SDST
System: IMSGE01
Date: 2011.01.15
Exec#:
468
TIME: 00:00:00 DURATION: 00:15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Elapsed
CPU
Wait #DB2 REQ #IMS REQ
-------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------- -------Total
00:01:42.91952
00:00:04.39272
00:01:32.33208
28480
0
Average
00:00:00.21991
00:00:00.00938
00:00:00.19729
60
0
Minimum
00:00:00.00326
00:00:00.00196
00:00:00.00059
1
0
Maximum
00:00:00.96443
00:00:00.08971
00:00:00.45275
440
0
The Transaction Interval Details panel displays detailed information about one
transaction interval.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
TRAN
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the IMS system region name where the transaction runs.
Date
Displays the date of the transaction interval in yyyy.mm.dd format.
EXEC#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region that occurred during
the interval
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 275
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
TIME
Displays the start time of the interval in hh:mm:ss format.
DURATION
Displays the duration (length) of the interval in hh:mm format.
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and average values for the
transaction interval.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time of the transacton interval in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time of the transacton interval in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
Wait
Displays the wait time of the transacton interval in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
#DB2 REQ
Displays the number of DB2 requests for the transacton interval.
#IMS REQ
Displays the number of IMS requests for the transacton interval.
276 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
System Information
The System Information panel is displayed when option 2 is entered on the IMS
Transaction Information Menu.
APCDPSSI -------- PMA IMS Feature - System Information --------- Row 1 from 50
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: *
Date: 2011.01.15
Line Commands: S - Detail information
(Format YYYY.MM.DD)
O - Overview
T - Transactions
Number
Trans
Total CPU Total Elapsed
Total Wait
LC System
Trans
Called hh:mm:ss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-- -------- -------- ---------- ------------- ------------- ------------IMSALD5
208
5654 00:05:18.3680 79:19:36.7832 78:54:07.7208
IMSALE1
100
21426 00:11:28.2964 50:29:14.0822 46:35:31.4911
IMSALE2
116
3660 00:03:00.1487 38:44:37.3512 38:23:07.8360
IMSALP1
605
1901734 07:12:38.8268 23:16:58.9988 83:50:24.0388
IMSALP3
330
46123 00:09:27.4499 30:41:51.0994 30:10:34.2677
IMSALP4
9
225 00:00:00.1056 23:35:35.3384 00:00:00.0656
IMSALP6
200
4455 00:01:20.6186 41:08:53.0020 40:50:32.9463
IMSALS1
411
121683 00:32:23.4186 59:03:43.1751 56:23:07.4227
IMSALT2
215
8317 00:02:48.5364 30:28:18.9676 30:06:28.4394
IMSALT4
128
2824 00:02:23.5472 37:51:38.9917 37:36:29.1974
IMSALT5
42
1794 00:00:32.1526 36:45:22.3260 36:42:40.0230
IMSAOR1
182
143928 00:04:28.1778 17:26:09.4468 17:18:11.3051
IMSAOR2
88
60114 00:01:29.8815 42:43:44.9268 42:41:09.8956
IMSAOR3
67
86456 00:02:39.1497 65:20:41.3823 65:15:20.0574
The System Information panel displays values for one day over all systems, depending
on the system ID that you defined on the panel.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 277
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
S
Details of the selected transaction.
O
Overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction and system.
T
Displays information about all transactions of the selected system and day.
Field Descriptions
System
The System field contains the name of the system that represents the IMS region in
which the transactions run. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, IMSP* displays the information about all transactions that begin with
IMSP. By default, all systems of the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to di splay
information. The default is the last measurement date.
Column Descriptions
System
Displays the name of the system that represents the IMS region.
Number Trans
Displays the number of transactions in the system.
Trans Called
Displays the number of calls of all transactions in the system.
Total CPU hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Displays the total CPU time of the system.
Total Elapsed hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Displays the total elapsed time of the system.
Total Wit hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
Displays the total wait time of the system.
278 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
System Details
You can access the System Details panel by using line command S from either of the
following panels:
■
System Information panel
■
System History panel
APCDPSDE --------- PMA IMS Feature - System Details -------------------------COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: IMSALP1
Date: 2011.01.15
Exec#: 1682064
#TRX:
602
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Elapsed
CPU
Wait #DB2 REQ #IMS REQ
-------- --------------- --------------- --------------- -------- -------Total
50:30:38.32624
06:20:02.26150
30:07:32.72468 96107079
0
Average
00:00:00.10810
00:00:00.01355
00:00:00.06447
116
0
Minimum
00:00:00.00017
00:00:00.00004
00:00:00.00000
0
0
Maximum
00:31:27.51115
00:00:24.18600
00:31:27.51105
67270
0
The System Details panel displays detailed information about one system.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Field Descriptions
System
Displays the IMS system region name.
Date
Displays the date in yyyy.mm.dd format
EXEC#
Displays the number of transaction calls in the system region.
#TRX
Displays the number of invoked transactions in the system region.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 279
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Column Descriptions
The following columns display total, average, minimum, and average values for the
system.
Elapsed
Displays the elapsed time in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
CPU
Displays the CPU time in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
Wait
Displays the wait time in hhh:mm:ss.µµµµµµ format.
#DB2 REQ
Displays the number of DB2 requests.
#IMS REQ
Displays the number of IMS requests.
280 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
System History
Use line command O from the System Information panel to access the System History
panel.
APCDPSSH -------- PMA IMS Feature - System History --------- Row 1 to 14 of 57
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
System: IMSALP1
Show recent months: 03
Line Commands: S - Detail information
Number
LC Date
Trans
-- ---------- -------2011.01.18
602
2011.01.17
622
2011.01.16
605
2011.01.15
162
2011.01.14
174
2011.01.13
591
2011.01.12
589
2011.01.11
599
2011.01.10
596
2011.01.09
604
2011.01.08
129
2011.01.07
170
2011.01.06
607
2011.01.05
605
Trans
Called
---------1682064
1353717
1901734
414425
635391
1723230
1804995
1690007
1746918
1921488
435998
645289
1891466
2124938
T – Transactions
Total CPU
hhh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------------06:20:02.2615
05:23:47.7018
07:12:38.8268
01:09:10.6394
01:46:38.1863
06:27:28.1292
07:11:12.1012
06:49:53.7597
07:08:59.4414
07:31:54.7061
01:09:14.2863
01:35:56.4460
06:10:48.6399
07:15:38.6994
Total Elapsed
hhh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------------50:30:38.3262
50:37:07.5322
123:16:58.9988
49:37:59.8068
56:44:16.1997
58:46:47.9099
62:17:05.9409
72:45:13.0127
91:29:17.4368
76:34:08.6242
80:36:54.7601
63:06:03.2274
32:42:11.1980
49:14:28.9464
Total Wait
hhh:mm:ss.µµµµ
-------------30:07:32.7246
30:08:30.8057
83:50:24.0388
46:46:53.6621
46:36:32.9160
33:21:45.4000
34:29:32.9529
41:15:17.5068
55:21:51.4778
46:20:17.6080
77:32:38.5047
47:17:00.5027
08:49:57.8594
18:11:39.6976
The System History panel lists all occurences of one specific IMS system region during
the most recent months.
Panel Elements
Primary Commands
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with the specified IMS system region on each of
the dates that are displayed in the list.
S
Displays detailed information about the single IMS system region on the selected
date.
T
Displays all transactions that belong to the IMS system region on the selected date.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 281
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Field Descriptions
Show recent months
Limits the display to the dates that occur in the specified time range The default
value is 03 months. You can specify any value from 01 to 18 months
Column Descriptions
LC
Displays the line command entry field.
Date
Displays the date in yyyy.mm.dd format.
Number Trans
Displays the number of transactions in the system.
Trans Called
Displays the number of calls of all transactions in the system
Total CPU
Displays the total CPU time of the system in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Total Elapsed
Displays the total elapsed time of the system in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
Total Wait
Displays the total wait time of the system in hh:mm:ss.µµµµ format.
282 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Transaction Totals per Day
You can access the Transaction Totals Per Day panel by using line command T from
either of the following panels:
■
System Information panel
■
System History panel
APCDPSTT ------ PMA IMS Feature - Transaction Totals per Day
COMMAND ===>
Tran: *
System: IMSALP1
Line Commands: S - Details
LC Tran
-- -------XX02
M710
XX11
XX03
PE98
B401
PE29
BX22
BWA1
XX05
Q1ED
B402
B501
BX11
Row 4 from 4167
SCROLL ===> CSR
Date: 2011.01.15 (Format YYYY.MM.DD)
O - Overview
CPU/Exec
System
Exec# ssss.µµµµ
-------- ---------- --------IMSALP1
271010
0.0142
IMSALP1
94411
0.0284
IMSALP1
99907
0.0125
IMSALP1
95132
0.0130
IMSALP1
116190
0.0090
IMSALP1
49040
0.0183
IMSALP1
24997
0.0317
IMSALP1
28818
0.0250
IMSALP1
298
1.8706
IMSALP1
13695
0.0341
IMSALP1
20945
0.0194
IMSALP1
43940
0.0086
IMSALP1
16134
0.0212
IMSALP1
22261
0.0143
I - Intervals
CPU/Abs Elap/Exec
Elap/Abs
hh:mm:ss.µµµµ ssss.µµµµ hh:mm:ss.µµµµ
------------- --------- ------------01:04:29.6772
0.0436 03:17:13.8334
00:44:43.0516
0.1514 03:58:18.8601
00:20:56.5476
0.0689 01:54:51.9390
00:20:39.1095
0.0784 02:04:23.7943
00:17:34.4176
0.0307 00:59:38.0581
00:14:58.5383
0.0724 00:59:14.2921
00:13:14.6123
0.1517 01:03:13.8427
00:12:02.9946
0.0665 00:31:58.6799
00:09:17.4567
7.8695 00:39:05.1117
00:07:47.6251
0.1331 00:30:23.7065
00:06:47.7444
0.0776 00:27:05.9680
00:06:19.8258
0.0301 00:22:03.0617
00:05:43.3612
0.1043 00:28:03.4275
00:05:20.1724
0.0483 00:17:55.9078
Transaction totals per day information is displayed for one day over all transactions of
all systems depending on the transaction and system ID that you defined on the panel.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements on the panel.
Primary Commands
.
The SORT primary command can be used to change the order in which the information
is listed. For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 283
Execution Details for IMS Transactions
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific transaction that is displayed in the
list.
S
Displays details of the selected transaction.
O
Displays an overview of all occurrences of the selected transaction and system.
I
Displays the interval values of the selected transaction
Field Descriptions
Tran
Use the Transaction field to limit the number of transactions that are displayed by
entering a transaction name. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card;
for example, A* displays the information about all transactions that begin with A.
By default, all transactions of the last measurement date are displayed.
System
The System field contains the name of the system that represents the IMS region in
which the transactions run. Generic notation is allowed by using * as a wild card; for
example, IMSP* displays the information about all transactions that begin with
IMSP. By default, all systems of the last measurement date are displayed.
Date
Use the Date field to choose a specific date for which you would like to display
information. The default is the most recent measurement date.
Column Descriptions
Tran
Displays the name of the transaction.
System
Displays the name of the system representing the IMS region in which the
transaction runs.
EXEC#
Displays the number of executions of the transaction in the system region.
CPU/Exec
Displays the average CPU time of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
284 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export IMS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
CPU/Abs
Displays the total CPU time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
Elap/Exec
Displays the average elapsed ti me of each transaction execution in seconds with 4
decimal places.
Elap/Abs
Displays the total elapsed time of one transaction in one system on one day in the
format hh:mm:ss.µµµµ.
Export IMS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
With job APCIJEXP, data that is stored within the IMS Feature can be exported for use in
other systems; for example, EXCEL or SAS. The data is exported from the database to a
sequential file that can be used in other systems or downloaded to the PC.
The following example illustrates the JCL for the APCIJEXP job.
//jobname...
//*==================================================================*
//* JOB TO EXTRACT INFORMATION FROM IMS POOL
*
//* COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. All Rights Reserved.
*
//* Copyright (C) Trilog AG
*
//*==================================================================*
//APCDATAB EXEC PGM=APCDATAB
//STEPLIB
DD DSN=prefix.PMA.LOAD,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCCPRO1 DD DSN=NULLFILE,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCIPRO1 DD DSN=prefix.PMA.KSDSIMS,
//
DISP=SHR
//APCIN
DD DSN=prefix.PMA.CNTL(APCICEXP),
//
DISP=SHR
//APCTAB
DD SYSOUT=*
The scope of the data to be exported is defined within this job by using input
parameters in member APCIJEXP of the product CNTL library. The information to be
exported is specific to transactions, modules, plans, and PSBs. To assist you in using this
information after it has reached its destination, the following record layout illustrations
are provided. Each field of the record is separated by a semicolon delimiter.
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 285
Export IMS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
Transaction Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;TXNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;CPU ABS/TX;CALLS;SERV.TIME;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;T;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN;NNN.NN;NNNNNNN;NN.NN;
Module Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;MODULNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;CPU ABS/CALL;CALLS;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;M;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN;NNN.NN;NNNNNNN;
PLAN Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;PLANNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;D;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN;
PSB Record
DATE;SYSID;TYPE;MODULNAME;CPU %;CPU ABS SEC;;;WAIT %;TXNAME;PSB;
YYYY.DD.MM;NNN;P;XXXXXXXX;NN.NN;NNNNN; ; ;00.00;XXXXXXXX;XXXXXXXX;
The following table explains each of the valid APCIJEXP parameters.
APCIJEXP Parameters
Optional/Required
Meaning
DATE FROM YYYYMMDD=
Required
The beginning date from which all data is exported
DATE TO YYYYMMDD=
Optional
All data through this date is exported
Default: Until Last Entry
SUBSYSTEM=
Optional
Subsystem
Default: IMS
SUBID=
Optional
Internal system ID
Default: all subsystem IDs
SYSNAME=
Optional
Name of the system defined in PMA
Either SUBID or SYSNAME can be used.
(See the Administration Guide.)
INFOTYPE=
Optional
Type of data to be exported:
T— Transaction records
M— Program records
D— DB2 plan data
P— PSB records (DLI)
Default: all types of data
286 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Export IMS Feature Data - Job APCCJEXP
The following code is an example of input to APCIJEXP member
DATE FROM YYYYMMDD=20110101
DATE
TO YYYYMMDD=20110110
SUBSYSTEM=IMS
Chapter 7: Using the IMS Feature 287
Chapter 8: Using the Server
This chapter describes how to use the additional functions of the server feature.
This section contains the following topics:
Server Component Menu (see page 289)
Issue Server Commands (see page 290)
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts (see page 303)
List Measurements of Dynamic Address Space Alerts (see page 308)
Set Selectable Features (see page 311)
Parameters (see page 313)
Server Component Menu
The Server Component Menu is accessed by selecting option 7 on the Main Menu.
APCSPMNU ------ PMA --- Server Component Menu ----------------- Release 8.5
OPTION ===>
1
2
3
4
5
6
T
X
Commands
Time Events
Time Alerts
Options
Spool
Parameters
TUTORIAL
or END
-
Issue Server Commands
Set Time Events
List Time Generated Alerts
Set Selectable Features
PMA SERVER Spooling Parameters
General PMA SERVER Parameters
Obtain PMA Help
End Server Component Dialog
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
To use the Server Component Menu options, type the selection number in the OPTION
field and press Enter. The following selections are provided:
1
Issue Server Commands.
2
Set up time-triggered alerts for dynamic address spaces.
3
List time generated alerts.
4
Set selectable features.
5
Define Server spooling parameters.
6
Define general parameters to be used by the Server. See "Customizing the
Server" in the Administration Guide.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 289
Issue Server Commands
T
Browse the online tutorial to obtain help. Panel specific online Help can be
accessed by simply using PF1 on any panel.
X
Exit the Central Component Menu and return to the Main Menu.
Issue Server Commands
For using the available server commands, select option 1 on the Server Component
Menu to display the following panel.
APCSPC01 ----- PMA ---- Server Command Menu -------------------- Version 8.5
OPTION ===>
1 Alert Refresh
- Refresh Active PMA-Server(s) Alert Tables
2 Alert Add
- Alert an active job
3 Threshold Refresh - Refresh Active PMA-Server(s) Thresholds values
4 Features Refresh - Refresh Active PMA-Server(s) Selectable Features
5 Runaway Type
- Refresh Active PMA-Server(s) Runaway Test Type
6 Include/Exclude
- Refresh Active PMA-Server(s) Includes/Excludes
7 DM
- Display Monitor Activity
T TUTORIAL
- Obtain PMA Help
X
- Terminate
COPYRIGHT (C) 2012 CA. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
COPYRIGHT TRILOG AG
Server Command Menu Panel
Enter the option for the command that you want to use by typing the selection number
in the OPTION field and pressing Enter. The following selections are provided:
1 Alert Refresh
Refresh active server alert tables.
2 Alert Add
Insert a new alert by using an existing one as a model.
3 Threshold Refresh
Refresh active server threshold values.
4 Features Refresh
Refresh active server selectable values.
5 Runaway Type
Refresh active server runaway test type.
6 Include/Exclude
Refresh active server internal Include/Exclude tables.
290 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Issue Server Commands
7 DM
Display monitor activity
Alert Refresh Command
The Alert Refresh command causes an immediate refresh of the internal alert tables of
all active servers.
Alert tables are automatically updated at every Alert Refresh Interval, at which the
default is 60 minutes. The Alert Refresh command allows the user to preempt this
setting and cause an update to reflect the current alert status as generated by users,
batch processing and servers across the system.
The following tables are affected:
■
General Alert Table, which contains user-requested, module change and runaway
alerts
■
Time Alert Table
Alert Add Command
The Alert Add command is used to make an immediate alert for an active job.
The alert can be restricted to a specific job/step/procstep combination or be for any
step/procstep in the job. Requests are ignored if the job or the job/step/procstep
combination is not found active at the time the command is issued. The request is
across all servers in the group.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 291
Issue Server Commands
To list all alerts for dynamic address spaces, select option 2 on the Server Component
Menu.
APCSPC02 ------ PMA SERVER COMMAND ===>
Add an
Enter
Enter
Enter
Alerts Add
Alert for a currently active job.
Job Name
:
Step Name
:
Proc Step Name
:
------------------------------
must be specified
leave blank for any Step
leave blank for any Proc Step
Cancel: CAN
Return: END OR PF3
Data Entry Fields and Commands
Enter Job Name (required)
Specify the name of the object, for example, a started task that you want to
measure, following the rules of the member names.
Enter Step Name (optional)
Specify the name of the object, for example, a started task that you want to
measure, following the rules of the member names.
Enter Proc Step Name (optional)
Specify the name of the object, for example, a started task you want to measure,
following the rules of the member names.
Threshold Refresh
Issue the Threshold Refresh command to cause an immediate refresh of the
internal Threshold Tables of all active servers. The command activates the latest
threshold settings in the currently active servers. A restart of the severs also
refreshes the thresholds.
292 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Issue Server Commands
Affected Tables
Minimum Threshold
Lists minimum resource values that must be exceeded before an alert is made (TM
option of the Parameter Menu).
Maximum Threshold
Lists maximum resource values that cause an alert to be made if they are exceeded
(TA option of the Parameter Menu).
Performance Ratio
Lists ratios of a Performance Index that cause an alert to be made (TX option of the
Parameter Menu).
Features Refresh Command
The Features Refresh command causes an immediate refresh of the Selectable Features
in all active servers.
This command is used to activate the latest Selectable Features settings in the currently
active servers. The Selectable Features are set by choosing item 4. From this screen, the
following features can be enabled with Y (or special character when indicated) or
disabled with N:
Dynamic Alert Generation
Y/D/N
End of Step Alert Generation
Y/N
Time Alert Generation
Y/N
Max Threshold Alert Generation
Y/C/N
Min Threshold Alert Generation
Y/A/N
PXI Threshold Alert Generation
Y/N
SMF Recording by Server
Y/S/N
Runaway Type Command
The Runaway Type command sets the runaway test criteria to the same criteria that
were specified in the X1—General Central Component Parameters option of the
Parameters Menu.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 293
Issue Server Commands
Possible runaway type settings are listed in the following list:
ASIS
Runaway checks against measured resource consumption.
Step end and batch processing check elapsed time and service units; dynamic alert
processing checks elapsed time, EXCPs, and CPU time.
IOIX
Runaway checks against only the performance index criteria.
Batch and step end processing check ELAP/EXCPs and SUs/EXCPs; dynamic alert
processing checks CPU/ELAP, EXCP/ELAP, CPU/EXCP, and ELAP/EXCP.
ALL
Runaway checks against both the measured resouce usage and the performance
index criteria.
Include/Exclude Command
The Include/Exclude command causes an immediate refresh of the internal
Include/Exclude tables of all active servers.
Upon execution of the command, Server internal Include/Exclude tables are rebuilt to
reflect the current settings of the Includes and Excludes that were set in option
X2—Scope of Work of the Parameters Menu.
The affected tables are as follows:
■
Job Include/Exclude for Performance Management Assistant
■
PGM Include/Exclude for Performance Management Assistant
■
Job Exclude for Measurement
■
PGM Exclude for Measurement
DM Command
The server(s) monitor the batch jobs that run on the LPARs where they are active. At a
job or step start the status, history, statistical data, alert, threshold values, etc. are
stored in internal server tables. The progress of the step is then monitored in the
context of this information. Active job steps have their use of I/O, CPU, and elapsed time
logged and checked for possible runaway and threshold condiditions etc. throughout
the execution of the step.
The DM command is used to display the current internal server data for the monitored
job/steps interactively. This gives you the ability to see actual, average, and predicted
performance of the currently active job streams and individual job steps.
294 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Issue Server Commands
Use of Colors in Display Monitor (DM) Panels
In the panels that are accessed by the DM command (option 7 on the Server Command
Menu), colors are used to indicate the status of job/steps and monitor values.
The following table describes what the different colors for jobname values mean:
Color
Meaning
Blue
The step has not exceeded any average or runaway values.
Yellow At least one measurement value has exceeded its average value.
Pink
At least one measurement value has exceeded its runaway value.
Red
An alert has been issued for the step.
The following table describes what the different colors for measurement values mean.
Color
Meaning
Blue
The measurement value is within range of its average and runaway values.
Yellow The measurement value has exceeded its average value.
Pink
The measurement value has exceeded its runaway value.
Display Monitor (DM) Primary Display
The DM Primary Display consists of three screens which are viewed by using the left and
right paging PF keys. The right PF key cycles 1-2-3-1; the left PF key cycles 1-3-2-1.
Screen 1
When you issue the DM command, you first see the default screen shown following.
This screen displays an overview of the job steps that are being monitored.
---- PMA Display Monitored Jobs ------------------------- Job 0001 OF 0002
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
LC Jobname Program Sysname Started Elapsed EXCP Cnt. CPU Time & runaway %
-----------------------------------------------------------------------__ SAMPJOB1 PROC001 SYS1
10:35:30 00:00:09
7
0.18
__ SAMPJOB2 PROC002 SYS1
10:35:30 00:00:09
7
0.25
****************************** END OF JOBS **********************************
Chapter 8: Using the Server 295
Issue Server Commands
For each job listed, the data in the following list is shown:
Jobname
Name of the job
Program
Program name from the JCL or application program name, if available
Sysname
Name of the system where the step is executing
Started
Time the step started
Elapsed
Elapsed time for the step in hh:mm:ss format
EXCP Cnt.
Number EXCPs issued by the step, in units
CPU Time
CPU consumed by the step in ssssss.hh format
runaway %
Percentage of the CPU runaway value shown as a bar graph
The bar is initially white. It turns green in 10% increments from the left,
representing the percent of CPU runaway that is used. When the runaway value is
reached, the whole bar is set to pink. If an alert is issued for the step, the bar is set
to red.
Screen 2
The second screen shown following, displays current used resources as measured values
and as a percentage of average use.
---- PMA Display Monitored Jobs ------------------------- Job 0001 OF 0002
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
LC Jobname Procstep Stepname
CPU (Avg%)
IO (Avg%) Elapsed (Avg%)
--------------------------- ------------------------------------------------__ SAMPJOB1 PROC001
0.36
18%
17
15%
0
4%
__ SAMPJOB2 PROC002 STEP001
0.32
11%
12
8%
0
3%
****************************** END OF JOBS ************************************
296 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Issue Server Commands
For each job listed, the data in the following list is shown:
Jobname
Name of the job
Procstep
Name of the step that invoked the procedure
Stepname
Name of the step that invoked the program
CPU
CPU used, in ssssss.hh format
CPU (Avg%)
CPU used, as a percentage of the average
I/O
EXCP count, in 1000s
I/O (Avg%)
EXCP count, as a percentage of the average
Elapsed
Elapsed time, in minutes
Elapsed (Avg%)
Elapsed time, as a percentage of the average
Screen 3
On the third screen, shown following, two rows are displayed for each job:
■
Row 1 shows resource averages and runaway values for the step.
■
Row 2 shows projected Performance Index (PIX) values for the resources.
---- PMA Display Monitored Jobs ------------------------- Job 0001 OF 0002
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> CSR
LC Jobname Average/Runaway
CPU
EXCP
ELAPSED
----------- PXI Projections CPU/IO CPU/ELP IO/ELP IO/CPU ELP/CPU ELP/IO
__ SAMPJOB1 AVE/RUNAWAY
2
7
114
393
6
15
PROJECTIONS
6
25
425
94
1
2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------__ SAMPJOB2 AVE/RUNAWAY
3
6
155
481
6
15
PROJECTIONS
12
33
400
109
2
2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------****************************** END OF JOBS ************************************
Chapter 8: Using the Server 297
Issue Server Commands
For each job listed, the data in the following list is shown:
Jobname
Name of the job
CPU
AVE/RUNAWAY
Step average CPU time in seconds /
Runaway value for CPU time in seconds
PROJECTIONS
CPU time projection based on the I/O rate /
CPU time projection based on elapsed time
EXCP
AVE/RUNAWAY
Step average number of EXCPs in 1000s /
Runaway value for number of EXCPs in 1000s
PROJECTIONS
Projection for number of EXCPs based on elapsed time /
Projection for number of EXCPs based on the CPU rate
ELAPSED
AVE/RUNAWAY
Step average elapsed time in minutes /
Runaway value for elapsed time in minutes
PROJECTIONS
Elapsed time projection based on the CPU rate /
Elapsed time projection based on the I/O rate
The Performance Index (PIX) projections of CPU, I/O, and ELAPSED for a step are
calculated by extrapolating the current use of each of the resources based on the
percentage of the average used by the other two resources.
For example, the calculation for the CPU time projection for the CPU/IO value is:
the measured CPU seconds*100 / % of the average I/Os currently used
When a resource has exceeded its average use, it cannot be used to extrapolate for
another resource. In such cases, the result field displays RRR>AVE, where RRR is the
exceeding resource (CPU, I/O or ELAPSED).
298 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Issue Server Commands
Monitored Job Details
You can enter line comand S on any of the DM Primary Display screens to access the
Monitored Job Details panel.
This display shows, on a single screen, a summary of all the current monitor data for the
requested job step. The data includes:
■
Currently used resources
■
A minute-by-minute display of CPU and I/O over the previous 15 minutes
■
Historic averages
■
Runaway values
■
Active thesholds
■
Step status /scope information from the Server
The following example shows an example of the Monitored Job Details panel.
PMA 85---- PMA - Monitored Job Details ---------------------------------------COMMAND ===>
Jobname Procstep Stepname PGM/JCL
SAMPJOB1 RUNAJOBD
APCSAMP
Actual
Average
Runaway.
Max Thresh.
Min Thresh.
IO
127129
114000
393000
0
0
CPU
1.29
2.00
7.00
0.00
0.00
PGM/Appl
Elapsed
00:02:07
00:06:00
00:15:00
00:00:00
00:00:00
Average and Runaway values based on:
Job Status: PMA MONITORING
Date
15/01/11
(ANY)
(ALL)
5 RUNS
Step Number: 001
Monitor Scope
Job Step: INCLUDED
Program: INCLUDED
PMA Scope
Job Step: INCLUDED
Program
INCLUDED
Time
06:06:28
15 Minute History
IO/Min CPU/Min Level
059059 00.000
-01
065067 00.000
-02
N/A
-03
N/A
-04
N/A
-05
N/A
-06
N/A
-07
N/A
-08
N/A
-09
N/A
-10
N/A
-11
N/A
-12
N/A
-13
N/A
-14
N/A
-15
Chapter 8: Using the Server 299
Issue Server Commands
The following list describes each of the fields in the various sections of the Monitored
Job Details panel.
Job information
Jobname
Name of the job
Procstep
Name of the step that invoked the procedure
Stepname
Name of the step that invoked the program
PGM/JCL
Program name from the JCL
PGM/Appl
Program name of the application
Date
Date that the step started
Time
Time that the step started
Measurement values, averages, runaway values, and thresholds
The values in this section are expressed in the following formats:
■
IO - nnnnnnnnnn
■
CPU - sssssss.hh
■
Elapsed - hh:mm:ss
Actual
Measured values for the step, so far
Average
Average values for the step from the job file
N/A is displayed if there is no step history.
Runaway
Point at which the step becomes eligible for a runaway alert
300 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Issue Server Commands
Max Thresh.
Values at which the step becomes eligible for a threshold alert.
Maximum threshold options can be one of the following:
■
NONE - TA (Maximum Threshold) feature is not active
■
ANY - an alert is activated if any TA value is exceeded
■
COND - same as ANY, but only on the condition that the program and step are
eligible for normal alert processing
Min Thresh.
Minimum threshold values the step must exceed to be eligible for a runaway alert.
Minimum threshold options can be one of the following:
■
NONE - TM (Minimum Threshold) feature is not active
■
ANY - runaway checks occur only when any TM value is exceeded
■
ALL - runaway checks occur only when all TM values are exceeded
Averages and runaway values used
Average and Runaway values based on:
n RUNS, where n is the number of times that the step SMF data has previously been
processed by Performance Management Assistant.
The averages and variances are adjusted by the data from each new run that is
processed. Because of this adjustment, the runaway values evolve to take account
of the normal behavior of the step. Dynamic alert checking is not done for the first
3 runs of a step in order to allow sufficient history to accumulate.
History of CPU and I/O per minute for the previous 15 minutes
15 Minute History
IO/Min CPU/Min Level
History table, which displays the number of I/Os (nnnnnn) and the milliseconds of
CPU (ss.mmm) that are consumed during each of the previous 15 minutes of a step.
The table is arranged top down, with the newest entry first. The Level indicator
shows the age of each entry in minutes (-nn).
PMA Status and Monitor Scope information
Job Status:
Status of the job/step within the Server.
It can be one of the following:
■
JOB STARTING - a job start has been recognized, but the step information is not
yet available
■
JOB TERMINATION - the job has ended and the Server is in the post job
processing and clean up phase
Chapter 8: Using the Server 301
Issue Server Commands
■
STEP END - the current step has ended and the Server is waiting for a new step
to start or job end to be signalled
■
PMA MONITORING - a step is currently active and being monitored by the
Server
■
ALERT ACTIVATED - a monitor alert has been activated by the Server for the
reason shown
Monitor Scope
Specifies whether the job step and program are included or excluded.
Both the job step and program must be included before the Server can trigger an
alert.
PMA Scope
Specifies whether the job step and program are included or excluded.
Both the job step and program must be included for Server monitoring to take
place.
Note: Even if the Monitor Scope is set to include both the job step and program, if
either the job step or program is excluded from the Scope, monitor alerts will not
be activated.
302 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts
To list all pending alerts for dynamic address spaces, select option 2 on the Server
Component Menu to display the following panel.
APCXP002-------- PMA --- Dyn.AS Alertlist ----------------- Row 1 to 15 of 179
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Commands
: I INSERT
Line Commands: I -Insert D -Delete
LC Object Subname System Type Time Day DUR Samples Entrydate UserID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------STCBATJA
STC 13:00 DAY 00:02 10K 2011.01.03 UI0001A
STCBATJF
STC 10:47 FRI 00:03 10K 2011.01.03 UI0001A
STCBATJF
STC 10:40 FRI 00:02 10K 2011.01.03 UI0002A
STCBATJA
STC 11:39 DAY 00:04 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 11:37 DAY 00:04
10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 11:13 DAY 00:02 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 11:11 DAY 00:01 11K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 18:10 DAY 00:02 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 17:10 DAY 00:02 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJB
STC 17:23 MON 00:02 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJB
STC 17:14 MON 00:02 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJB
STC 11:31 MON 00:02 10K 2011.01.06 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 15:48 DAY 00:01
9K 2011.01.08 UI0001A
STCBATJA
STC 11:42 DAY 00:04 35K 2011.01.08 UI0001A
STCBATJD
STC 11:44 WED 00:07 17K 2011.01.08 UI0001A
Dynamic AS Alerts are user alert orders for dynamic or multiple address spaces. An alert
list with defined orders for user measurements (that is, user alerts) are managed only by
the server.
The alerts that are listed on the Dyn.AS Alertlist is only considered if the server is active
on the system for which the measurement should take place. Of course, your
measurement product must be active on that system as well.
You can define a measurement request for single dynamic address spaces like STCs and
also for multiple address spaces whereby more than one address space with the same
name is active at the same time in one system (that is, Stored Procedure AS).
The measurement request is forwarded to the measurement product on the defined
day range at the defined time on the defined systems. For example, if you have defined
a measurement request for object DYNSTC01, Day=MON, Time=10:00, System=SYS1,
the measurement request is forwarded on system SYS1 each Monday at 10:00.
Panel Elements
This section describes the elements in the panel.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 303
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts
Primary Command
Use the Insert primary command to insert a new user alert.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific alert that is displayed in the list.
D
Deletes an alert.
I
Inserts a new alert by using an existing one as a model.
Column Descriptions
Object
Displays the primary name of the address space to measure.
Subname
Displays the additional name (that is step name of an STC) to identify the address
space to measure.
System
Displays the system name.
The measurement order is only considered for objects that are running on the
defined system. If no system is defined, all systems are observed.
Type
Displays the type of the dynamic address space to measure:
S - STC (Started Task)
Time
Start time of measurement in the format hh:mm.
Day
Identifies the day the measurement order is considered.
The following values are valid:
MON— Monday only
TUE— Tuesday only
WED— Wednesday only
THU— Thursday only
FRI— Friday only
304 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts
SAT— Saturday only
SUN— Sunday only
WKD—weekdays (Monday through Friday)
WKE—weekend (Saturday and Sunday)
DAY—every day
DUR
Displays the measurement duration time in the format hh:mm.
Samples
Displays the measurement samples to be taken during the measurement.
For more information, please refer to the user manuals of your specific
measurement product.
Entrydate
Displays the date the alert was entered.
UserID
Displays the user ID of the user who entered the alert.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 305
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts
Insert a Dynamic Address Space Alert
The panel to insert an alert for dynamic and multiple address spaces is opened when
you enter an I as a primary command or as a line command by using an existing alert
displayed on the Dyn.AS Alertlist Panel. If you enter I as a line command, the entry panel
is populated with the values from the selected line. If you enter I as a primary
command, the entry panel is displayed with default values.
APCXPSAL PMA - Alert for dynamic and multiple address spaces
Please note: highlighted fields are required.
Objectname.:
Objecttype.:
Subname....:
System.....:
(i.E. AS-Name, Jobname, ...)
(2=STC)
(i.E. Stepname, ...)
(i.E. LPAR-name, ...)
Starttime..:
Duration...: 00:30
Samples....: 0010 K
Day........: 0
(Time measurement should start, Format HH:MM)
(Durationtime of measurement, Format HH:MM)
(*1000 = samples to take in the duration time)
(0=All Days 8=Workdays Mon-Fri 9=Weekend Sat-Sun
1=Mon 2=Tue 3=Wed 4=Thu 5=Fri 6=Sat 7=Sun)
Enter END or CANcel
Address Space Alert Panel
Use this panel to do the following:
1.
Define all fields; see Field Descriptions. Some fields are required.
2.
Enter CANcel to leave this panel without saving the changes.
3.
Enter END to save your entries if all required entries are completed in the
requested range or format.
Field Descriptions
Object name (required)
Specify the name of the object, for example, a started task that you want to
measure, following the rules of the member names.
Object type (required)
Specify the type of the object you want to measure:
Specify type 2 to measure Started Task.
Note: With Version 4.4.x, only type 2 is available.
306 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Set Dynamic Address Space Alerts
Subname (optional)
Specify a subname, that is, a step name as an additional identifier of the object to
measure. The Subname must follow the rules of member names
System (optional)
Specify a system name.
The measurement order is considered only for objects that are running on the
defined system. If no system is defined, the alert is considered for all systems where
a server is active.
Starttime (required)
Specify the start time of the measurement in format hh:mm.
Duration (required)
Specify the duration of time that the object will be measured in format hh:mm.
Samples (required)
Specify samples to be taken by the measurement product during the defined
duration.
Day (required)
You can limit the activation of the measurement request to the days listed below:
0—every day
1—every Monday
2—every Tuesday
3—every Wednesday
4—every Thursday
5—every Friday
6—every Saturday
7—every Sunday
8—every workday = Monday through Friday
9—every weekend = Saturday and Sunday
Chapter 8: Using the Server 307
List Measurements of Dynamic Address Space Alerts
List Measurements of Dynamic Address Space Alerts
To list available measurements for dynamic address spaces, select option 3 on the
Server Component Menu to display the following panel.
APCBP002-------- PMA - Alert List -- All Issued ----------------- Row 1 from 3
COMMAND ===>
SCROLL ===> PAGE
Jobname.: *
State: *
Style: A (A=Alert only J=with Jobinfo)
Commands: SORT S/A/D/R/J/M/U - State/Aid/Date/Reason/Jobname/Module/UserID
REV -list review OPEN -open ALL -issued RECENT -most recent
LC......: AT -Al.Text AO -Al.Overv. JO -Job Ov
MO -Meas. Ov PO -Prof. Ov.
S -Show R -Review C -Close D -Delete I -Insert
O -Overtake
E -Edit M -act.Meas.
LC Jobname Stepname Procstep Module State Reas. AID IssueDate No.Al. UserID
------------------------------------------------------------------------------UI0JST1
JST
PEND USER
42 2011.01.05
0 UI12345
UI2JST1
JST
PEND USER
39 2011.01.05
0 UI12345
JOBJST1
JST
OPEN USER
20 2011.01.06
0 UI98765
******************************* Bottom of data ********************************
Use the Alert List panel to see an overview of all time alerts along with all possible state
codes and reason codes. The state code identifies the current state of the alert, for
example, whether the alert is open, pending, closed, and so on. The reason code
identifies why the alert was issued.
Panel Elements
To filter the data listed on the panel, use the Jobname or State fields a s described in
Field Descriptions.
Primary Command
Primary commands can be used as follows:
REV
Displays alerts with STATE = REV.
OPEN
Displays alerts with STATE = OPEN.
308 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
List Measurements of Dynamic Address Space Alerts
ALL
Displays all alerts.
RECENT
Displays the most recent occurrence of each alert.
SORT
Sorts alerts.
For details about how to use the SORT command, see Sort List Panels.
Line Commands
Line commands can be used to work with a specific alert that is displayed in the list.
AT
Displays the Total Alert Text panel.
AO
Displays the Alert Overview panel.
MO
Displays the Measurement Overview panel.
AN
Provides an interface to the Performance Management Assistant Analyze Normal
function.
This function is only executable as long as the corresponding monitor data set has
not been deleted. For details about the appropriate parameter settings, refer to the
"Global measurement data set processing" section of the Administration Guide.
JO
Displays the Job Overview panel.
S
Shows the alert.
R
Changes the state to REV, which permits alert text edits and review.
C
Closes an alert. The state is changed to CUSE and can no longer be reviewed.
D
Deletes an alert.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 309
List Measurements of Dynamic Address Space Alerts
I
Inserts a new alert. For more information, see Insert an Alert
O
Overtakes the consumption values of this alert.
The state is changed to COVT and the runaway consumption values become the
basis for future tests.
Field Descriptions
Jobname
To control the list of alerts being displayed, enter an actual job name or a generic
job name. Generic character asterisk (*) can be used to list all alerts for all job
names or to limit the list of alerts to a generic group of jobs.
State
To reduce the list of alerts to a specific state, enter the state of the alerts to be
displayed. You can enter a valid state code, the firs t letter of the state code plus an
asterisk, or an asterisk alone to see all states of alert.
Style
Select the alert information style that you want to see:
Style = A is the normal alert list, which shows you the full alert information.
Style = J shows the basic alert information combined with the average job step
consumption values.
For a complete list of all state codes, see the table in Alert Management.
Column Definitions
Jobname/Stepname/Procstep/Module
Displays the specific job name, step name, procedure step name, and module for
which the alert is issued.
The module name is the application module name if available. Otherwise, it is the
JCL PGM name.
State
Displays the current state of the alert.
For a complete list of all state codes, see the table in Alert Management.
Reason
Displays the current reason for the alert.
Valid reason is USER—a user-initiated alert.
310 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Set Selectable Features
AID
Displays an alert identification number that is assigned to each alert.
Issue Date
Displays the date the alert was issued.
No. Al.
Displays the number of alerts for this job step.
If more than one alert exists for this job step and you want to delete them all, each
alert must be individually deleted by using line command D.
Set Selectable Features
To list all alerts for dynamic address spaces, select option 4 on the Server Component
Menu to display the following panel.
PMA 85-------- PMA SERVER COMMAND ===>
Option Setting
-------------------------------
(If Dynamic Alert set to Yes, only non-alerted steps considered)
Time Alert Generation
:Y
enter Y or N
Max no. Alerts to be generated per entry : 3
enter no. from 1 to 10
Max Threshold Alert Generation : Y
enter Y, C or N
(If C conditional only generate Max Threshold alert if in measurement scope)
Min Threshold Alert Generation : Y
enter Y, A or N
(If A all min values must be exceeded before a job is eligible for runaway)
PXI Threshold Alert Generation
:Y
enter Y or N
SMF Recording by Server
:Y
enter Y, S or N
(If S recording to the KSDSJOB file is indirect, via a Spooling Interface)
Cancel: CAN
Save : END OR PF3
For each of the following options type Y (or special character as indicated) to enable or
N to disable the feature:
Dynamic Alert Generation
Steps with scope are checked each monitor interval for conditions that meet the
step alert criteria. If the criteria is met, a measurement is started for the step.
If the option is set to Y, the measurement duration will be calculated based on the
average elapsed time of the step. If the option is set to D, the measurement
duration default value will be used for all dynamic alerts.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 311
Set Selectable Features
End of Step Alert Generation
Steps in scope that meet the step alert criteria at end of step are first made critical
and, if the next run meets the alert criteria again, an alert is added for the step. If
an open alert already exists or a Dynamic Alert was made during execution, the step
will not be made critical and an alert will not be issued.
SMF Recording must also be enabled if this feature is to be used.
Time Alert Generation
The Time Alert feature triggers measurements for STCs, jobs, and so on at
preselected time/day combinations. Option 2 of the Server Component Menu is
used to set Time Alerts.
The maximum number of measurements that can triggered by a Time Alert entry on
each active server can be set between 1 and 10.
Max Threshold Alert Generation
Start a measurement or add an alert when a step exceeds any maximum threshold
relevant to the job.
If this option is set to C, only jobs that are eligible for runaway are checked.
Use the TA option of the Parameters Menu to set maximum thresholds.
Min Threshold Alert Checking
Do not allow measurement or alert generation until at least one minimum
threshold relevant to the job has been passed.
If this option is set to A, all minimum thresholds that are relevant to the job must be
passed.
Use the TA option on the Parameters Menu to set minimum thresholds.
PXI Threshold Alert Generation
Trigger a measurement or add an alert if a step exceeds any PXI threshold value
that is relevant to the job.
Use the TX option on the Parameters Menu to set Performance Index thresholds.
SMF Recording by Server
The server updates the job file information for all Performance Management
Assistant-relevant steps. If this option is disabled, the End of Step Alert Generation
is also disabled.
If this option is set to S, the updates are initially written to a temporary spool file
and they are only transferred to the job file at the end of a user -specified spool
interval. This method can be useful on very busy systems or when the number of
servers that share the KSDS job file is high (approximately five or more).
312 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
Parameters
Parameters
The server parameters are described in the "Administration of the Server" chapter in
the Administration Guide.
Chapter 8: Using the Server 313
Index
#
#SJS - sampler and job statistics
Central Component • 32, 39
CICS feature • 162
IMS feature • 240
1
16 MB line • 222
A
address space alert
inserting • 306
list measurements • 308
set dynamic • 303
Alert Add command • 291
Alert List panel
Central Component • 45
CICS feature • 169
IMS feature • 247
alert management
Central Component • 42
CICS feature • 167
IMS feature • 245
Alert Overview panel • 51
alert reason codes
Central Component • 45
CICS feature; • 176
IMS feature • 247, 255
Alert Refresh command • 291
alert state codes
Central Component • 42
B
batch scope reduction illustration • 44
bulk alert, generating • 68
C
CANCEL primary command • 16
Central Component
Alert List panel • 45
alert management • 42
Alert Overview panel • 51
alert state • 42
data mining • 88
exporting data • 109
functional overview • 121
generating a bulk alert • 68
global print JCL • 135
inserting an alert • 55
Job Query Facility • 56
measurement lists • 32
menu • 30
show/review/insert alert panel • 53
TOP Scope Facility • 44
Total Alert Text panel • 54
Checkpoint Checker
benefits • 123
export information • 128
functional overview • 121
generating an export file • 129
generating an output list • 129
optional feature if PMA • 121
technical overview • 122
using • 121, 124
CICS feature
#SJS - sampler and job statistics • 162
alert management • 167
alert reason codes • 174
alert state codes • 174
DBRM - SQL information • 146
DBRM history information • 148
DLI statement information - DLI summary • 180
DLI statements • 161
General Module Information panel • 142
global print JCL • 135
illustration • 131
measurement reports • 161
menu • 133
module history • 144
module statements • 145
panel hierarchy • 131
PSB - DLI information • 158
PSB history information • 160
show/review/insert alert panel • 176
SMF information • 182, 261
SQL statement historical overview • 155
SQL statements exceeding thresholds • 150
system information • 163
Index 315
System Overview panel • 167
TOP limit • 168
transaction alert list information • 169
transaction history • 139
transaction information • 136
transactions using the DBRM • 157
using • 131
commands
Alert Add • 291
Alert Refresh • 291
Bulk Alert • 68
CANCEL • 16
Display Monitor • 294
Features Refresh • 293
INSERT • 16
line • 17
primary • 16
SORT • 16
contact information • 25
D
data mining
annual CPU consumption • 88
annual frequency • 88
application programs • 93
Central Component • 88
cross referencing job steps • 100
cross referencing subsystems • 101
DB2 plans • 97
DBRM - SQL information • 225
defining • 89
job steps • 98
menu • 92
significant statements • 102
subsystems • 96
system programs • 94
DB2 plan overview panel • 41
Display Monitor command • 294
DLI statement information - DLI summary
CICS feature • 180
IMS feature • 259
DM command • 294
documentation • 25
E
enqueue considerations • 24
execution details for IMS transactions • 261
execution information • 85
316 Performance Management Assistant User Guide
export alerts - job APCXJEXP • 112
export checkpoint information - job APCKJCPT • 128
export data mining - job APCBJDAX • 115
export job information - job APCBJEXP • 110
exporting Central Component data • 109
F
Features Refresh command • 293
G
general module information
CICS feature • 142
IMS feature • 221
generating a bulk alert • 68
generic notation, using • 17
global print JCL
CICS feature • 135
IMS feature • 215
H
historical overview, SQL statements • 234
I
IMS feature
#SJS - sampler and job statistics • 240
alert list information - changed modules • 251
alert management • 42
alert reason codes • 252
alert state codes • 252
DBRM - SQL information; • 225
DBRM overview • 227
DLI statement information - DLI summary • 259
DLI statements • 239
execution details for IMS transactions • 261
exporting IMS feature data - job APCCJEXP • 285
general module information • 221
global print JCL • 215
illustration • 131
measurement reports • 240
menu • 213
module history • 223
module statements • 224
panel hierarchy • 211
PSB - DLI information • 236
PSB history information • 238
show/review/insert alert panel • 255
SQL statement historical overview • 234
SQL statement information - SQL summary • 256
SQL statements exceeding thresholds • 229
system information • 242
system overview • 245
TOP limit • 246
transaction alert list information • 247
transaction history • 219
transaction information • 216
transactions using the DBRM • 236
using • 211
INSERT primary command • 16
inserting an alert • 55
IO time averages • 71
IO time details • 80
J
job APCIJIFU • 261
Job Overview - SRVU details • 78
Job Overview panel • 75
Job Query Facility • 56
L
line commands, using • 17
M
measurement reports
CICS feature • 161
IMS feature • 240
measurements
displaying • 38
overview • 36
measuring the jobs of critical paths - job APCBJCRI •
117
N
new features • 24
O
overtake function • 103
P
performance index averages • 74
performance ratios • 83
PMA
advantages • 12
batch scope reduction illustration • 44
central component • 12
CICS feature • 12
IMS feature • 12
optional feature, Checkpoint Checker • 121
server • 122
PMA server
commands • 290
component menu • 289
parameters • 313
using • 289
primary commands
CANCEL • 16
INSERT • 16
SORT • 16
SORT STD • 16
using • 16
S
selectable features • 311
service units details • 69
show/review/insert alert panel
CICS feature; • 176
IMS feature • 250, 255
SMF information • 182, 261
SORT primary command • 16
sorting list panels • 18
SORT STD primary command • 16, 18
sorting list panels • 18
SQL statement historical overview
CICS Feature • 155
IMS feature • 234
SQL statement information - SQL summary
CICS feature • 177
IMS feature • 256
starting PMA • 19
support contact information • 25
system image, defining • 18
T
TOP limit • 246
TOP Scope Facility • 44
Total Alert Text panel • 54
TSO online • 123
V
variances and averages • 72
Index 317